42 USC CHAPTER 6A, SUBCHAPTER V: HEALTH PROFESSIONS EDUCATION
Result 1 of 1
   
 
42 USC CHAPTER 6A, SUBCHAPTER V: HEALTH PROFESSIONS EDUCATION
From Title 42—THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARECHAPTER 6A—PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE

SUBCHAPTER V—HEALTH PROFESSIONS EDUCATION

Subchapter Referred to in Other Sections

This subchapter is referred to in sections 235, 300l–2, 12604 of this title; title 8 section 1613; title 12 section 1715z–7; title 38 section 8201.

Part A—Student Loans

Part Referred to in Other Sections

This part is referred to in title 10 section 16302.

subpart i—insured health education assistance loans to graduate students

Subpart Referred to in Other Sections

This subpart is referred to in title 20 section 1078–3.

§292. Statement of purpose

The purpose of this subpart is to enable the Secretary to provide a Federal program of student loan insurance for students in (and certain former students of) eligible institutions (as defined in section 292o of this title).

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §701, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 1994.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 292, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §700, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §201(b), 90 Stat. 2246, set forth limitations on use of appropriations, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2715, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 913.

Another prior section 292, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §701, as added July 30, 1956, ch. 779, §2, 70 Stat. 717; amended Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(a), 77 Stat. 164, stated Congressional findings and declaration of policy respecting grants for construction of health research facilities, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §201(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2246.

A prior section 701 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 292a of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Effective Date

Section 103 of Pub. L. 102–408 provided that: "The amendment made by section 102 [enacting this subchapter] takes effect on the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 13, 1992], except that section 708 of the Public Health Service Act [section 292g of this title], as added by section 102 of this Act, takes effect January 1, 1993. Until such date, section 732(c) of the Public Health Service Act [former section 294e(c) of this title], as in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of this Act, continues in effect in lieu of such section 708."

Study on Effectiveness of Health Professions Programs

Section 309 of Pub. L. 102–408 provided that:

"(a) In General.—The Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study of the programs carried out under titles VII and VIII of the Public Health Service Act [this subchapter and subchapter VI of this chapter] (as amended by this Act) for the purpose of determining the effectiveness of such programs in—

"(1) increasing the number of primary care providers (physicians, physician assistants, nurse midwives, nurse practitioners and general dentists), nurses and allied health personnel;

"(2) improving the geographic distribution of health professionals in medically underserved and rural areas; and

"(3) recruiting and retaining as students in health professions schools individuals who are members of a minority group.

"(b) Certain Requirements.—The study conducted under subsection (a) shall determine—

"(1) whether funding under title VII of the Public Health Service Act [this subchapter] has increased the number of primary care practitioners (family medicine, general internal medicine, general pediatrics, general dentistry, and physician assistants) in medically underserved communities (as defined in section 799 of such Act [section 295p of this title]);

"(2) whether or not funding under such title VII has increased the number of allied health professionals in medically underserved or rural communities;

"(3) whether or not funding under title VIII of such Act [subchapter VI of this chapter] has increased the number of nurses in medically underserved or rural communities;

"(4) whether or not the various mechanisms under such titles VII and VIII (such as scholarships, fellowships, traineeships, loan repayment programs, project grants, and education centers) have been effective in producing health care professionals who work or practice in medically underserved and rural communities and the relative impact or effectiveness of each mechanism;

"(5) the duration of service in medically underserved communities (as defined in section 799 of such Act) of health professionals whose training was funded by such titles or who received financial incentives under such titles to practice in such communities;

"(6) the geographic distribution of former trainees under such titles who are practicing in medically underserved communities (as so defined);

"(7) with respect to the programs of such titles whose purpose is improving the health of individuals who are members of minority groups, whether such programs have had a significant impact on the number of such individuals entering the health professions; and

"(8) such other factors as may be relevant to the reauthorization of such title VII or VIII.

"(c) Report.—Not later than January 1, 1994, the Comptroller General of the United States shall complete the study required in subsection (a) and submit to the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate, and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, a report describing the findings made as a result of the study and making such recommendations regarding the programs carried out under titles VII and VIII of the Public Health Service Act as the Comptroller General determines to be appropriate."

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in section 295o–1 of this title.

§292a. Scope and duration of loan insurance program

(a) In general

The total principal amount of new loans made and installments paid pursuant to lines of credit (as defined in section 292o of this title) to borrowers covered by Federal loan insurance under this subpart shall not exceed $350,000,000 for fiscal year 1993, $375,000,000 for fiscal year 1994, and $425,000,000 for fiscal year 1995. If the total amount of new loans made and installments paid pursuant to lines of credit in any fiscal year is less than the ceiling established for such year, the difference between the loans made and installments paid and the ceiling shall be carried over to the next fiscal year and added to the ceiling applicable to that fiscal year, and if in any fiscal year no ceiling has been established, any difference carried over shall constitute the ceiling for making new loans (including loans to new borrowers) and paying installments for such fiscal year. Thereafter, Federal loan insurance pursuant to this subpart may be granted only for loans made (or for loan installments paid pursuant to lines of credit) to enable students, who have obtained prior loans insured under this subpart, to continue or complete their educational program or to obtain a loan under section 292d(a)(1)(B) of this title to pay interest on such prior loans; but no insurance may be granted for any loan made or installment paid after September 30, 1998. The total principal amount of Federal loan insurance available under this subsection shall be granted by the Secretary without regard to any apportionment for the purpose of chapter 15 of title 31 and without regard to any similar limitation.

(b) Certain limitations and priorities

(1) Limitations regarding lenders, States, or areas

The Secretary may, if necessary to assure an equitable distribution of the benefits of this subpart, assign, within the maximum amounts specified in subsection (a) of this section, Federal loan insurance quotas applicable to eligible lenders, or to States or areas, and may from time to time reassign unused portions of these quotas.

(2) Priority for certain lenders

In providing certificates of insurance under section 292e of this title through comprehensive contracts, the Secretary shall give priority to eligible lenders that agree—

(A) to make loans to students at interest rates below the rates prevailing, during the period involved, for loans covered by Federal loan insurance pursuant to this subpart; or

(B) to make such loans under terms that are otherwise favorable to the student relative to the terms under which eligible lenders are generally making such loans during such period.

(c) Authority of Student Loan Marketing Association

(1) In general

Subject to paragraph (2), the Student Loan Marketing Association, established under part B of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1071 et seq.], is authorized to make advances on the security of, purchase, service, sell, consolidate, or otherwise deal in loans which are insured by the Secretary under this subpart, except that if any loan made under this subpart is included in a consolidated loan pursuant to the authority of the Association under part B of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, the interest rate on such consolidated loan shall be set at the weighted average interest rate of all such loans offered for consolidation and the resultant per centum shall be rounded downward to the nearest one-eighth of 1 per centum, except that the interest rate shall be no less than the applicable interest rate of the guaranteed student loan program established under part B of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965. In the case of such a consolidated loan, the borrower shall be responsible for any interest which accrues prior to the beginning of the repayment period of the loan, or which accrues during a period in which principal need not be paid (whether or not such principal is in fact paid) by reason of any provision of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.].

(2) Applicability of certain Federal regulations

With respect to Federal regulations for lenders, this subpart may not be construed to preclude the applicability of such regulations to the Student Loan Marketing Association or to any other entity in the business of purchasing student loans, including such regulations with respect to applications, contracts, and due diligence.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §702, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 1994.)

References in Text

The Higher Education Act of 1965, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), is Pub. L. 89–329, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1219, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 28 (§1001 et seq.) of Title 20, Education. Part B of title IV of the Act is classified generally to part B (§1071 et seq.) of subchapter IV of chapter 28 of Title 20. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of Title 20 and Tables.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 292a, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §701, formerly §724, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 169; amended Oct. 22, 1965, Pub. L. 89–290, §2(b), 79 Stat. 1056; Nov. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–709, §2(c), 80 Stat. 1103; Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §105(c), 82 Stat. 774; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §102(c)(1)–(4), (f)(2)(B), 85 Stat. 431, 432, 435; renumbered §701 and amended Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §201(c), (e), 90 Stat. 2247; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2716, 95 Stat. 913; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §§201(a), (b), 202, 203, 204(a), (b), 99 Stat. 525–527; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §§620(a), 623, 628(1), 629(b)(1), (2), 102 Stat. 3141, 3142, 3145, 3146; Aug. 16, 1989, Pub. L. 101–93, §5(l), 103 Stat. 613, defined terms for purposes of this subchapter, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408. See sections 292o and 295p of this title.

Another prior section 292a, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §702, as added July 30, 1956, ch. 779, §2, 70 Stat. 717; amended Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(a), 77 Stat. 164, defined "Council", "construction", "cost of construction", "nonprofit institution", and "sciences related to health" as applicable to grants for construction of health research facilities, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §201(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2246.

A prior section 702 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 292b of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in sections 201, 285n–2, 285o–2, 292e, 300u–5, 300w–9 of this title; title 20 section 1132i–1.

§292b. Limitations on individual insured loans and on loan insurance

(a) In general

The total of the loans made to a student in any academic year or its equivalent (as determined by the Secretary) which may be covered by Federal loan insurance under this subpart may not exceed $20,000 in the case of a student enrolled in a school of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, optometry, or podiatric medicine, and $12,500 in the case of a student enrolled in a school of pharmacy, public health, allied health, or chiropractic, or a graduate program in health administration or behavioral and mental health practice, including clinical psychology. The aggregate insured unpaid principal amount for all such insured loans made to any borrower shall not at any time exceed $80,000 in the case of a borrower who is or was a student enrolled in a school of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, optometry, or podiatric medicine, and $50,000 in the case of a borrower who is or was a student enrolled in a school of pharmacy, public health, allied health, or chiropractic, or a graduate program in health administration or clinical psychology. The annual insurable limit per student shall not be exceeded by a line of credit under which actual payments by the lender to the borrower will not be made in any year in excess of the annual limit.

(b) Extent of insurance liability

The insurance liability on any loan insured by the Secretary under this subpart shall be 100 percent of the unpaid balance of the principal amount of the loan plus interest. The full faith and credit of the United States is pledged to the payment of all amounts which may be required to be paid under the provisions of section 292f or 292m of this title.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §703, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 1995; amended Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §141(c)(1), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3579.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 292b, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §702, formerly §725, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 169; amended Sept. 4, 1964, Pub. L. 88–581, §3(c), 78 Stat. 919; Nov. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–709, §2(d), 80 Stat. 1103; Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89–751, §3(a), 80 Stat. 1230; Dec. 5, 1967, Pub. L. 90–174, §12(c), 81 Stat. 541; Oct. 30, 1970, Pub. L. 91–515, title VI, §601(b)(2), 84 Stat. 1311; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §108(a), 85 Stat. 460; renumbered §702 and amended Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §§201(c), 202(a)(1), (2), (b), 90 Stat. 2247, 2248; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §205(a), 99 Stat. 527; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §§620(b), 628(2), 102 Stat. 3141, 3145, related to National Advisory Council on Education for Health Professions, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 292b, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §703, as added July 30, 1956, ch. 779, §2, 70 Stat. 717; amended Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(a), 77 Stat. 164; Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title IV, §403, 82 Stat. 789; Oct. 30, 1970, Pub. L. 91–515, title VI, §601(a)(1), (b)(2), 84 Stat. 1310, 1311; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §102(k)(2)(A), 85 Stat. 437, related to National Advisory Council on Health Research Facilities, providing for its establishment, composition, selection of members; its functions; and use of its services in administration of grants for construction of health research facilities, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §201(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2246.

A prior section 703 of act July 1, 1994, was classified to section 292c of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–129.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–392 substituted "or behavioral and mental health practice, including clinical psychology" for "or clinical psychology" in first sentence.

§292c. Sources of funds

Loans made by eligible lenders in accordance with this subpart shall be insurable by the Secretary whether made from funds fully owned by the lender or from funds held by the lender in a trust or similar capacity and available for such loans.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §704, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 1996.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 292c, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §703, formerly §799, as added Nov. 2, 1970, Pub. L. 91–519, title II, §206, 84 Stat. 1354; amended Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §109, 85 Stat. 461; renumbered §703 and amended Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §§201(c), 203, 90 Stat. 2247, 2248; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2717, 95 Stat. 914, related to advance funding for grants and contracts, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §220(a), Oct. 22, 1985, 99 Stat. 543.

Another prior section 292c, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §704, as added July 30, 1956, 779, §2, 70 Stat. 718; amended Aug. 27, 1958, Pub. L. 85–777, §1(a), 72 Stat. 933; Oct. 5, 1961, Pub. L. 87–395, §8(a), (d), 75 Stat. 827; Oct. 17, 1962, Pub. L. 87–838, §4(a), 76 Stat. 1074; Aug. 9, 1965, Pub. L. 89–115, §2(a), 79 Stat. 448; Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title IV, §401(a), 82 Stat. 789, related to authorization of appropriations and availability of funds for grants for construction of health research facilities, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §201(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2246.

A prior section 704 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 292d of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

§292d. Eligibility of borrowers and terms of insured loans

(a) In general

A loan by an eligible lender shall be insurable by the Secretary under the provisions of this subpart only if—

(1) made to—

(A) a student who—

(i)(I) has been accepted for enrollment at an eligible institution, or (II) in the case of a student attending an eligible institution, is in good standing at that institution, as determined by the institution;

(ii) is or will be a full-time student at the eligible institution;

(iii) has agreed that all funds received under such loan shall be used solely for tuition, other reasonable educational expenses, including fees, books, and laboratory expenses, and reasonable living expenses, incurred by such students;

(iv) if required under section 453 of title 50, Appendix, to present himself for and submit to registration under such section, has presented himself and submitted to registration under such section; and

(v) in the case of a pharmacy student, has satisfactorily completed three years of training; or


(B) an individual who—

(i) has previously had a loan insured under this subpart when the individual was a full-time student at an eligible institution;

(ii) is in a period during which, pursuant to paragraph (2), the principal amount of such previous loan need not be paid;

(iii) has agreed that all funds received under the proposed loan shall be used solely for repayment of interest due on previous loans made under this subpart; and

(iv) if required under section 453 of title 50, Appendix, to present himself for and submit to registration under such section, has presented himself and submitted to registration under such section;


(2) evidenced by a note or other written agreement which—

(A) is made without security and without endorsement, except that if the borrower is a minor and such note or other written agreement executed by him would not, under the applicable law, create a binding obligation, an endorsement may be required;

(B) provides for repayment of the principal amount of the loan in installments over a period of not less than 10 years (unless sooner repaid) nor more than 25 years beginning not earlier than 9 months nor later than 12 months after the date of—

(i) the date on which—

(I) the borrower ceases to be a participant in an accredited internship or residency program of not more than four years in duration;

(II) the borrower completes the fourth year of an accredited internship or residency program of more than four years in duration; or

(III) the borrower, if not a participant in a program described in subclause (I) or (II), ceases to carry, at an eligible institution, the normal full-time academic workload as determined by the institution; or


(ii) the date on which a borrower who is a graduate of an eligible institution ceases to be a participant in a fellowship training program not in excess of two years or a participant in a full-time educational activity not in excess of two years, which—

(I) is directly related to the health profession for which the borrower prepared at an eligible institution, as determined by the Secretary; and

(II) may be engaged in by the borrower during such a two-year period which begins within twelve months after the completion of the borrower's participation in a program described in subclause (I) or (II) of clause (i) or prior to the completion of the borrower's participation in such program,


except as provided in subparagraph (C), except that the period of the loan may not exceed 33 years from the date of execution of the note or written agreement evidencing it, and except that the note or other written instrument may contain such provisions relating to repayment in the event of default in the payment of interest or in the payment of the costs of insurance premiums, or other default by the borrower, as may be authorized by regulations of the Secretary in effect at the time the loan is made;

(C) provides that periodic installments of principal and interest need not be paid, but interest shall accrue, during any period (i) during which the borrower is pursuing a full-time course of study at an eligible institution (or at an institution defined by section 1002(a) of title 20); (ii) not in excess of four years during which the borrower is a participant in an accredited internship or residency program (including any period in such a program described in subclause (I) or subclause (II) of subparagraph (B)(i)); (iii) not in excess of three years, during which the borrower is a member of the Armed Forces of the United States; (iv) not in excess of three years during which the borrower is in service as a volunteer under the Peace Corps Act [22 U.S.C. 2501 et seq.]; (v) not in excess of three years during which the borrower is a member of the National Health Service Corps; (vi) not in excess of three years during which the borrower is in service as a full-time volunteer under title I of the Domestic Volunteer Service Act of 1973 [42 U.S.C. 4951 et seq.]; (vii) not in excess of 3 years, for a borrower who has completed an accredited internship or residency training program in osteopathic general practice, family medicine, general internal medicine, preventive medicine, or general pediatrics and who is practicing primary care; (viii) not in excess of 1 year, for borrowers who are graduates of schools of chiropractic; (ix) any period not in excess of two years which is described in subparagraph (B)(ii); (x) not in excess of three years, during which the borrower is providing health care services to Indians through an Indian health program (as defined in section 1616a(a)(2)(A) of title 251 and (xi) in addition to all other deferments for which the borrower is eligible under clauses (i) through (x), any period during which the borrower is a member of the Armed Forces on active duty during the Persian Gulf conflict, and any period described in clauses (i) through (xi) shall not be included in determining the 25-year period described in subparagraph (B);

(D) provides for interest on the unpaid principal balance of the loan at a yearly rate, not exceeding the applicable maximum rate prescribed and defined by the Secretary (within the limits set forth in subsection (b) of this section) on a national, regional, or other appropriate basis, which interest shall be compounded not more frequently than annually and payable in installments over the period of the loan except as provided in subparagraph (C), except that the note or other written agreement may provide that payment of any interest may be deferred until not later than the date upon which repayment of the first installment of principal falls due or the date repayment of principal is required to resume (whichever is applicable) and may further provide that, on such date, the amount of the interest which has so accrued may be added to the principal for the purposes of calculating a repayment schedule;

(E) offers, in accordance with criteria prescribed by regulation by the Secretary, a schedule for repayment of principal and interest under which payment of a portion of the principal and interest otherwise payable at the beginning of the repayment period (as defined in such regulations) is deferred until a later time in the period;

(F) entitles the borrower to accelerate without penalty repayment of the whole or any part of the loan;

(G) provides that the check for the proceeds of the loan shall be made payable jointly to the borrower and the eligible institution in which the borrower is enrolled; and

(H) contains such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of this subpart and with the regulations issued by the Secretary pursuant to this subpart, as may be agreed upon by the parties to such loan, including, if agreed upon, a provision requiring the borrower to pay to the lender, in addition to principal and interest, amounts equal to the insurance premiums payable by the lender to the Secretary with respect to such loan; and


(3) subject to the consent of the student and subject to applicable law, the eligible lender has obtained from the student appropriate demographic information regarding the student, including racial or ethnic background.

(b) Limitation on rate of interest

The rate of interest prescribed and defined by the Secretary for the purpose of subsection (a)(2)(D) of this section may not exceed the average of the bond equivalent rates of the 91-day Treasury bills auctioned for the previous quarter plus 3 percentage points, rounded to the next higher one-eighth of 1 percent.

(c) Minimum annual payment by borrower

The total of the payments by a borrower during any year or any repayment period with respect to the aggregate amount of all loans to that borrower which are insured under this subpart shall not be less than the annual interest on the outstanding principal, except as provided in subsection (a)(2)(C) of this section, unless the borrower, in the written agreement described in subsection (a)(2) of this section, agrees to make payments during any year or any repayment period in a lesser amount.

(d) Applicability of certain laws on rate or amount of interest

No provision of any law of the United States (other than subsections (a)(2)(D) and (b) of this section) or of any State that limits the rate or amount of interest payable on loans shall apply to a loan insured under this subpart.

(e) Determination regarding forbearance

Any period of time granted to a borrower under this subpart in the form of forbearance on the loan shall not be included in the 25-year total loan repayment period under subsection (a)(2)(C) of this section.

(f) Loan repayment schedule

Lenders and holders under this subpart shall offer borrowers graduated loan repayment schedules that, during the first 5 years of loan repayment, are based on the borrower's debt-to-income ratio.

(g) Rule of construction regarding determination of need of students

With respect to any determination of the financial need of a student for a loan covered by Federal loan insurance under this subpart, this subpart may not be construed to limit the authority of any school to make such allowances for students with special circumstances as the school determines appropriate.

(h) Definitions

For purposes of this section:

(1) The term "active duty" has the meaning given such term in section 101(18) of title 37, except that such term does not include active duty for training.

(2) The term "Persian Gulf conflict" means the period beginning on August 2, 1990, and ending on the date thereafter prescribed by Presidential proclamation or by law.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §705, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 1996; amended Pub. L. 103–43, title XX, §2014(a)(1), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 215; Pub. L. 105–244, title I, §102(a)(13)(A), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1620; Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §141(a)(1), (2), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3578.)

References in Text

The Peace Corps Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(C), is Pub. L. 87–293, Sept. 22, 1961, 75 Stat. 612, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 34 (§2501 et seq.) of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2501 of Title 22 and Tables.

The Domestic Volunteer Service Act of 1973, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(C), is Pub. L. 93–113, Oct. 1, 1973, 87 Stat. 394, as amended. Title I of the Act is classified generally to subchapter I (§4951 et seq.) of chapter 66 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 4951 of this title and Tables.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 292d, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §704, formerly §799A, as added Nov. 2, 1970, Pub. L. 91–519, title II, §207, 84 Stat. 1355; amended Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §110(2), 85 Stat. 461; July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–348, title I, §105, 88 Stat. 347; renumbered §704, Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §201(c), 90 Stat. 2247; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §§620(c), 628(3), 629(b)(2), 102 Stat. 3141, 3145, 3146, prohibited discrimination on the basis of sex, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408. See section 295m of this title.

Another prior section 292d, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §705, as added July 30, 1956, ch. 779, §2, 70 Stat. 718; amended Aug. 27, 1958, Pub. L. 85–777, §1(b), 72 Stat. 933; Oct. 5, 1961, Pub. L. 87–395, §8(b), (d), 75 Stat. 827; Oct. 17, 1962, Pub. L. 87–838, §4(b), 76 Stat. 1074; Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §§2(a), 3(a), 77 Stat. 164, 173; Aug. 9, 1965, Pub. L. 89–115, §2(b), 79 Stat. 448; Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title IV, §401(b), 82 Stat. 789; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §102(k)(1), (2)(A), 85 Stat. 437, related to applications for grants for construction of health research facilities, providing for time of filing, eligibility, recommendation and approval and requirement of findings, conditional approval, and matters considered, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §201(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2246.

A prior section 705 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 292e of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (a)(2)(C). Pub. L. 105–392 added cl. (x), redesignated former cl. (x) as (xi) and substituted "(x)" for "(ix)", and substituted "(xi)" for "(x)" in concluding provisions.

Pub. L. 105–244 substituted "section 1002(a)" for "section 1088(a)" in cl. (i).

1993—Subsec. (a)(2)(H), (I). Pub. L. 103–43 redesignated subpar. (I) as (H) and struck out former subpar. (H) which read as follows: "notwithstanding the provisions of the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, authorizes an institution or postgraduate training program attended by the borrower to assist in the collection of any loan that becomes delinquent, including providing information concerning the borrower to the Secretary and to past and present lenders and holders of the borrower's loans; and".

Effective Date of 1998 Amendments

Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §141(a)(3), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3578, provided that: "The amendments made by this subsection [amending this section] shall apply with respect to services provided on or after the first day of the third month that begins after the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 13, 1998]."

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105–244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105–244, set out as a note under section 1001 of Title 20, Education.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in sections 238n, 292a, 292e, 292n, 292o of this title.

1 So in original. Probably should be preceded by a closing parenthesis.

§292e. Certificate of loan insurance; effective date of insurance

(a) In general

(1) Authority for issuance of certificate

If, upon application by an eligible lender, made upon such form, containing such information, and supported by such evidence as the Secretary may require, and otherwise in conformity with this section, the Secretary finds that the applicant has made a loan to an eligible borrower which is insurable under the provisions of this subpart, he may issue to the applicant a certificate of insurance covering the loan and setting forth the amount and terms of the insurance.

(2) Effective date of insurance

Insurance evidenced by a certificate of insurance pursuant to subsection (a)(1) of this section shall become effective upon the date of issuance of the certificate, except that the Secretary is authorized, in accordance with regulations, to issue commitments with respect to proposed loans, or with respect to lines (or proposed lines) of credit, submitted by eligible lenders, and in that event, upon compliance with subsection (a)(1) of this section by the lender, the certificate of insurance may be issued effective as of the date when any loan, or any payment by the lender pursuant to a line of credit, to be covered by such insurance is made to a student described in section 292d(a)(1) of this title. Such insurance shall cease to be effective upon 60 days' default by the lender in the payment of any installment of the premiums payable pursuant to section 292g of this title.

(3) Certain agreements for lenders

An application submitted pursuant to subsection (a)(1) of this section shall contain—

(A) an agreement by the applicant to pay, in accordance with regulations, the premiums fixed by the Secretary pursuant to section 292g of this title; and

(B) an agreement by the applicant that if the loan is covered by insurance the applicant will submit such supplementary reports and statements during the effective period of the loan agreement, upon such forms, at such times, and containing such information as the Secretary may prescribe by or pursuant to regulation.

(b) Authority regarding comprehensive insurance coverage

(1) In general

In lieu of requiring a separate insurance application and issuing a separate certificate of insurance for each loan made by an eligible lender as provided in subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary may, in accordance with regulations consistent with section 292a of this title, issue to any eligible lender applying therefor a certificate of comprehensive insurance coverage which shall, without further action by the Secretary, insure all insurable loans made by that lender, on or after the date of the certificate and before a specified cutoff date, within the limits of an aggregate maximum amount stated in the certificate. Such regulations may provide for conditioning such insurance, with respect to any loan, upon compliance by the lender with such requirements (to be stated or incorporated by reference in the certificate) as in the Secretary's judgment will best achieve the purpose of this subsection while protecting the financial interest of the United States and promoting the objectives of this subpart, including (but not limited to) provisions as to the reporting of such loans and information relevant thereto to the Secretary and as to the payment of initial and other premiums and the effect of default therein, and including provision for confirmation by the Secretary from time to time (through endorsement of the certificate) of the coverage of specific new loans by such certificate, which confirmation shall be incontestable by the Secretary in the absence of fraud or misrepresentation of fact or patent error.

(2) Lines of credit beyond cutoff date

If the holder of a certificate of comprehensive insurance coverage issued under this subsection grants to a borrower a line of credit extending beyond the cutoff date specified in that certificate, loans or payments thereon made by the holder after that date pursuant to the line of credit shall not be deemed to be included in the coverage of that certificate except as may be specifically provided therein; but, subject to the limitations of section 292a of this title, the Secretary may, in accordance with regulations, make commitments to insure such future loans or payments, and such commitments may be honored either as provided in subsection (a) of this section or by inclusion of such insurance in comprehensive coverage under this subsection for the period or periods in which such future loans or payments are made.

(c) Assignment of insurance rights

The rights of an eligible lender arising under insurance evidenced by a certificate of insurance issued to it under this section may be assigned by such lender, subject to regulation by the Secretary, only to—

(1) another eligible lender (including a public entity in the business of purchasing student loans); or

(2) the Student Loan Marketing Association.

(d) Effect of refinancing or consolidation of obligations

The consolidation of the obligations of two or more federally insured loans obtained by a borrower in any fiscal year into a single obligation evidenced by a single instrument of indebtedness or the refinancing of a single loan shall not affect the insurance by the United States. If the loans thus consolidated are covered by separate certificates of insurance issued under subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary may upon surrender of the original certificates issue a new certificate of insurance in accordance with that subsection upon the consolidated obligation. If the loans thus consolidated are covered by a single comprehensive certificate issued under subsection (b) of this section, the Secretary may amend that certificate accordingly.

(e) Rule of construction regarding consolidation of debts and refinancing

Nothing in this section shall be construed to preclude the lender and the borrower, by mutual agreement, from consolidating all of the borrower's loans insured under this subpart into a single instrument (or, if the borrower obtained only 1 loan insured under this subpart, refinancing the loan 1 time) under the terms applicable to an insured loan made at the same time as the consolidation. The lender or loan holder should provide full information to the borrower concerning the advantages and disadvantages of loan consolidation or refinancing. Nothing in this section shall be construed to preclude the consolidation of the borrower's loans insured under this subpart under section 1078–3 of title 20. Any loans insured pursuant to this subpart that are consolidated under section 1078–3 of title 20 shall not be eligible for special allowance payments under section 1087–1 of title 20.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §706, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2000; amended Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §145, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3581.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 292e, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §705, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §204, 90 Stat. 2248; amended Nov. 9, 1978, Pub. L. 95–623, §11(f), 92 Stat. 3456; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2718, 95 Stat. 914, related to establishment and maintenance of records and annual financial reports and audits, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 292e, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §706, as added July 30, 1956, 779, §2, 70 Stat. 719; amended Oct. 5, 1961, Pub. L. 87–395, §8(c), (d), 75 Stat. 827; Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(a), 77 Stat. 164; Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title IV, §402, 82 Stat. 789; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §102(k)(2)(A), (B), 85 Stat. 437, limited amount of grant available for construction of health research facilities, including provisions relating to its maximum, reservation of amount, manner of payment, and exclusion of amounts granted by certain other funds, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §201(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2246.

A prior section 706 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 292f of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 706 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 230 of this title prior to repeal by act Apr. 27, 1956, ch. 211, §5(e), 70 Stat. 117.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105–392, §145(1), in heading, substituted "refinancing or consolidation" for "consolidation" and, in first sentence, substituted "indebtedness or the refinancing of a single loan" for "indebtedness".

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–392, §145(2), in heading, substituted "debts and refinancing" for "debts", in first sentence, substituted "all of the borrower's loans insured under this subpart into a single instrument (or, if the borrower obtained only 1 loan insured under this subpart, refinancing the loan 1 time)" for "all of the borrower's debts into a single instrument", and in second sentence, substituted "consolidation or refinancing" for "consolidation".

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in sections 292a, 292f, 300t–12 of this title.

§292f. Default of borrower

(a) Conditions for payment to beneficiary

(1) In general

Upon default by the borrower on any loan covered by Federal loan insurance pursuant to this subpart, and after a substantial collection effort (including, subject to subsection (h) of this section, commencement and prosecution of an action) as determined under regulations of the Secretary, the insurance beneficiary shall promptly notify the Secretary and the Secretary shall, if requested (at that time or after further collection efforts) by the beneficiary, or may on his own motion, if the insurance is still in effect, pay to the beneficiary the amount of the loss sustained by the insured upon that loan as soon as that amount has been determined, except that, if the insurance beneficiary including any servicer of the loan is not designated for "exceptional performance", as set forth in paragraph (2), the Secretary shall pay to the beneficiary a sum equal to 98 percent of the amount of the loss sustained by the insured upon that loan.

(2) Exceptional performance

(A) Authority

Where the Secretary determines that an eligible lender, holder, or servicer has a compliance performance rating that equals or exceeds 97 percent, the Secretary shall designate that eligible lender, holder, or servicer, as the case may be, for exceptional performance.

(B) Compliance performance rating

For purposes of subparagraph (A), a compliance performance rating is determined with respect to compliance with due diligence in the disbursement, servicing, and collection of loans under this subpart for each year for which the determination is made. Such rating shall be equal to the percentage of all due diligence requirements applicable to each loan, on average, as established by the Secretary, with respect to loans serviced during the period by the eligible lender, holder, or servicer.

(C) Annual audits for lenders, holders, and servicers

Each eligible lender, holder, or servicer desiring a designation under subparagraph (A) shall have an annual financial and compliance audit conducted with respect to the loan portfolio of such eligible lender, holder, or servicer, by a qualified independent organization from a list of qualified organizations identified by the Secretary and in accordance with standards established by the Secretary. The standards shall measure the lender's, holder's, or servicer's compliance with due diligence standards and shall include a defined statistical sampling technique designed to measure the performance rating of the eligible lender, holder, or servicer for the purpose of this section. Each eligible lender, holder, or servicer shall submit the audit required by this section to the Secretary.

(D) Secretary's determinations

The Secretary shall make the determination under subparagraph (A) based upon the audits submitted under this paragraph and any information in the possession of the Secretary or submitted by any other agency or office of the Federal Government.

(E) Quarterly compliance audit

To maintain its status as an exceptional performer, the lender, holder, or servicer shall undergo a quarterly compliance audit at the end of each quarter (other than the quarter in which status as an exceptional performer is established through a financial and compliance audit, as described in subparagraph (C)), and submit the results of such audit to the Secretary. The compliance audit shall review compliance with due diligence requirements for the period beginning on the day after the ending date of the previous audit, in accordance with standards determined by the Secretary.

(F) Revocation authority

The Secretary shall revoke the designation of a lender, holder, or servicer under subparagraph (A) if any quarterly audit required under subparagraph (E) is not received by the Secretary by the date established by the Secretary or if the audit indicates the lender, holder, or servicer has failed to meet the standards for designation as an exceptional performer under subparagraph (A). A lender, holder, or servicer receiving a compliance audit not meeting the standard for designation as an exceptional performer may reapply for designation under subparagraph (A) at any time.

(G) Documentation

Nothing in this section shall restrict or limit the authority of the Secretary to require the submission of claims documentation evidencing servicing performed on loans, except that the Secretary may not require exceptional performers to submit greater documentation than that required for lenders, holders, and servicers not designated under subparagraph (A).

(H) Cost of audits

Each eligible lender, holder, or servicer shall pay for all the costs associated with the audits required under this section.

(I) Additional revocation authority

Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, a designation under subparagraph (A) may be revoked at any time by the Secretary if the Secretary determines that the eligible lender, holder, or servicer has failed to maintain an overall level of compliance consistent with the audit submitted by the eligible lender, holder, or servicer under this paragraph or if the Secretary asserts that the lender, holder, or servicer may have engaged in fraud in securing designation under subparagraph (A) or is failing to service loans in accordance with program requirements.

(J) Noncompliance

A lender, holder, or servicer designated under subparagraph (A) that fails to service loans or otherwise comply with applicable program regulations shall be considered in violation of the Federal False Claims Act.

(b) Subrogation

Upon payment by the Secretary of the amount of the loss pursuant to subsection (a) of this section, the United States shall be subrogated for all of the rights of the holder of the obligation upon the insured loan and shall be entitled to an assignment of the note or other evidence of the insured loan by the insurance beneficiary. If the net recovery made by the Secretary on a loan after deduction of the cost of that recovery (including reasonable administrative costs) exceeds the amount of the loss, the excess shall be paid over to the insured. The Secretary may sell without recourse to eligible lenders (or other entities that the Secretary determines are capable of dealing in such loans) notes or other evidence of loans received through assignment under the first sentence.

(c) Forbearance

Nothing in this section or in this subpart shall be construed to preclude any forbearance for the benefit of the borrower which may be agreed upon by the parties to the insured loan and approved by the Secretary or to preclude forbearance by the Secretary in the enforcement of the insured obligation after payment on that insurance.

(d) Reasonable care and diligence regarding loans

Nothing in this section or in this subpart shall be construed to excuse the eligible lender or holder of a federally insured loan from exercising reasonable care and diligence in the making of loans under the provisions of this subpart and from exercising a substantial effort in the collection of loans under the provisions of this subpart. If the Secretary, after reasonable notice and opportunity for hearing to an eligible lender, finds that the lender has failed to exercise such care and diligence, to exercise such substantial efforts, to make the reports and statements required under section 292e(a)(3) of this title, or to pay the required Federal loan insurance premiums, he shall disqualify that lender from obtaining further Federal insurance on loans granted pursuant to this subpart until he is satisfied that its failure has ceased and finds that there is reasonable assurance that the lender will in the future exercise necessary care and diligence, exercise substantial effort, or comply with such requirements, as the case may be.

(e) Definitions

For purposes of this section:

(1) The term "insurance beneficiary" means the insured or its authorized assignee in accordance with section 292e(c) of this title.

(2) The term "amount of the loss" means, with respect to a loan, unpaid balance of the principal amount and interest on such loan, less the amount of any judgment collected pursuant to default proceedings commenced by the eligible lender or holder involved.

(3) The term "default" includes only such defaults as have existed for 120 days.

(4) The term "servicer" means any agency acting on behalf of the insurance beneficiary.

(f) Reductions in Federal reimbursements or payments for defaulting borrowers

The Secretary shall, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, cause to be reduced Federal reimbursements or payments for health services under any Federal law to borrowers who are practicing their professions and have defaulted on their loans insured under this subpart in amounts up to the remaining balance of such loans. Procedures for reduction of payments under the medicare program are provided under section 1395ccc of this title. Notwithstanding such section 1395ccc of this title, any funds recovered under this subsection shall be deposited in the insurance fund established under section 292i of this title.

(g) Conditions for discharge of debt in bankruptcy

Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal or State law, a debt that is a loan insured under the authority of this subpart may be released by a discharge in bankruptcy under any chapter of title 11, only if such discharge is granted—

(1) after the expiration of the seven-year period beginning on the first date when repayment of such loan is required, exclusive of any period after such date in which the obligation to pay installments on the loan is suspended;

(2) upon a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that the nondischarge of such debt would be unconscionable; and

(3) upon the condition that the Secretary shall not have waived the Secretary's rights to apply subsection (f) of this section to the borrower and the discharged debt.

(h) Requirement regarding actions for default

(1) In general

With respect to the default by a borrower on any loan covered by Federal loan insurance under this subpart, the Secretary shall, under subsection (a) of this section, require an eligible lender or holder to commence and prosecute an action for such default unless—

(A) in the determination of the Secretary—

(i) the eligible lender or holder has made reasonable efforts to serve process on the borrower involved and has been unsuccessful with respect to such efforts, or

(ii) prosecution of such an action would be fruitless because of the financial or other circumstances of the borrower;


(B) for such loans made before November 4, 1988, the loan involved was made in an amount of less than $5,000; or

(C) for such loans made after November 4, 1988, the loan involved was made in an amount of less than $2,500.

(2) Relationship to claim for payment

With respect to an eligible lender or holder that has commenced an action pursuant to subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary shall make the payment required in such subsection, or deny the claim for such payment, not later than 60 days after the date on which the Secretary determines that the lender or holder has made reasonable efforts to secure a judgment and collect on the judgment entered into pursuant to this subsection.

(3) State court judgments

With respect to any State court judgment that is obtained by a lender or holder against a borrower for default on a loan insured under this subpart and that is subrogated to the United States under subsection (b) of this section, any United States attorney may register such judgment with the Federal courts for enforcement.

(i) Inapplicability of Federal and State statute of limitations on actions for loan collection

Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal or State law, there shall be no limitation on the period within which suit may be filed, a judgment may be enforced, or an offset, garnishment, or other action may be initiated or taken by the Secretary, the Attorney General, or other administrative head of another Federal agency, as the case may be, for the repayment of the amount due from a borrower on a loan made under this subpart that has been assigned to the Secretary under subsection (b) of this section.

(j) School collection assistance

An institution or postgraduate training program attended by a borrower may assist in the collection of any loan of that borrower made under this subpart which becomes delinquent, including providing information concerning the borrower to the Secretary and to past and present lenders and holders of the borrower's loans, contacting the borrower in order to encourage repayment, and withholding services in accordance with regulations issued by the Secretary under section 292n(a)(7) of this title. The institution or postgraduate training program shall not be subject to section 1692g of title 15 for purposes of carrying out activities authorized by this section.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §707, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2002; amended Pub. L. 103–43, title XX, §2014(a)(2), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 215; Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §§142(a), (b), 144(a), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3579, 3581.)

References in Text

The Federal False Claims Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(J), probably means the False Claims Act which was the popular name for sections 231, 232, 233, and 235 of former Title 31, Money and Finance. Sections 231, 232, 233, and 235 were repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1084, and reenacted by the first section thereof as sections 3729 to 3731 of Title 31, Money and Finance.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 292f, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §706, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §204, 90 Stat. 2249, authorized contracts under this subchapter without regard to certain provisions, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 292f, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §707, as added July 30, 1956, ch. 779, §2, 70 Stat. 720; amended Oct. 5, 1961, Pub. L. 87–395, §8(d), 75 Stat. 827; Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(a), 77 Stat. 164; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §102(k)(2)(A), 85 Stat. 437, provided for recapture of payments relating to grants for construction of health research facilities, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §201(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2246.

A prior section 707 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 292g of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–392, §142(a), designated existing provisions as par. (1), inserted heading, substituted "determined, except that, if the insurance beneficiary including any servicer of the loan is not designated for 'exceptional performance', as set forth in paragraph (2), the Secretary shall pay to the beneficiary a sum equal to 98 percent of the amount of the loss sustained by the insured upon that loan." for "determined.", struck out at end "Not later than one year after October 13, 1992, the Secretary shall establish performance standards for lenders and holders of loans under this subpart, including fees to be imposed for failing to meet such standards.", and added par. (2).

Subsec. (e)(4). Pub. L. 105–392, §142(b), added par. (4).

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 105–392, §144(a), substituted "Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal or State law, a debt that is a loan insured" for "A debt which is a loan insured" in introductory provisions.

1993—Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 103–43, §2014(a)(2)(A), amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: "after the expiration of the five-year period beginning on the first date, as specified in subparagraphs (B) and (C) of section 292d(a)(2) of this title, when repayment of such loan is required;".

Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 103–43, §2014(a)(2)(B), added subsec. (j).

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §142(c), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3581, provided that: "The amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) [amending this section] shall apply with respect to loans submitted to the Secretary for payment on or after the first day of the sixth month that begins after the date of enactment of this Act [Nov. 13, 1998]."

Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §144(b), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3581, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to any loan insured under the authority of subpart I of part A of title VII of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 292 et seq.) that is listed or scheduled by the debtor in a case under title XI, United States Code [Title 11, Bankruptcy], filed—

"(1) on or after the date of enactment of this Act [Nov. 13, 1998]; or

"(2) prior to such date of enactment in which a discharge has not been granted."

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in sections 292b, 292o of this title.

§292g. Risk-based premiums

(a) Authority

With respect to a loan made under this subpart on or after January 1, 1993, the Secretary, in accordance with subsection (b) of this section, shall assess a risk-based premium on an eligible borrower and, if required under this section, an eligible institution that is based on the default rate of the eligible institution involved (as defined in section 292o of this title).

(b) Assessment of premium

Except as provided in subsection (d)(2) of this section, the risk-based premium to be assessed under subsection (a) of this section shall be as follows:

(1) Low-risk rate

With respect to an eligible borrower seeking to obtain a loan for attendance at an eligible institution that has a default rate of not to exceed five percent, such borrower shall be assessed a risk-based premium in an amount equal to 6 percent of the principal amount of the loan.

(2) Medium-risk rate

(A) In general

With respect to an eligible borrower seeking to obtain a loan for attendance at an eligible institution that has a default rate of in excess of five percent but not to exceed 10 percent—

(i) such borrower shall be assessed a risk-based premium in an amount equal to 8 percent of the principal amount of the loan; and

(ii) such institution shall be assessed a risk-based premium in an amount equal to 5 percent of the principal amount of the loan.

(B) Default management plan

An institution of the type described in subparagraph (A) shall prepare and submit to the Secretary for approval, an annual default management plan, that shall specify the detailed short-term and long-term procedures that such institution will have in place to minimize defaults on loans to borrowers under this subpart. Under such plan the institution shall, among other measures, provide an exit interview to all borrowers that includes information concerning repayment schedules, loan deferments, forbearance, and the consequences of default.

(3) High-risk rate

(A) In general

With respect to an eligible borrower seeking to obtain a loan for attendance at an eligible institution that has a default rate of in excess of 10 percent but not to exceed 20 percent—

(i) such borrower shall be assessed a risk-based premium in an amount equal to 8 percent of the principal amount of the loan; and

(ii) such institution shall be assessed a risk-based premium in an amount equal to 10 percent of the principal amount of the loan.

(B) Default management plan

An institution of the type described in subparagraph (A) shall prepare and submit to the Secretary for approval a plan that meets the requirements of paragraph (2)(B).

(4) Ineligibility

An individual shall not be eligible to obtain a loan under this subpart for attendance at an institution that has a default rate in excess of 20 percent.

(c) Reduction of risk-based premium

Lenders shall reduce by 50 percent the risk-based premium to eligible borrowers if a credit worthy parent or other responsible party co-signs the loan note.

(d) Administrative waivers

(1) Hearing

The Secretary shall afford an institution not less than one hearing, and may consider mitigating circumstances, prior to making such institution ineligible for participation in the program under this subpart.

(2) Exceptions

In carrying out this section with respect to an institution, the Secretary may grant an institution a waiver of requirements of paragraphs (2) through (4) of subsection (b) of this section if the Secretary determines that the default rate for such institution is not an accurate indicator because the volume of the loans under this subpart made by such institution has been insufficient.

(3) Transition for certain institutions

During the 3-year period beginning on October 13, 1992—

(A) subsection (b)(4) of this section shall not apply with respect to any eligible institution that is a Historically Black College or University; and

(B) any such institution that has a default rate in excess of 20 percent, and any eligible borrower seeking a loan for attendance at the institution, shall be subject to subsection (b)(3) of this section to the same extent and in the same manner as eligible institutions and borrowers described in such subsection.

(e) Payoff to reduce risk category

An institution may pay off the outstanding principal and interest owed by the borrowers of such institution who have defaulted on loans made under this subpart in order to reduce the risk category of the institution.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §708, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2004.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 292g, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §707, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §205, 90 Stat. 2249; amended Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(r), 91 Stat. 395, related to delegation of authority by the Secretary, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 292g, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §708, as added July 30, 1956, ch. 779, §2, 70 Stat. 720; amended Oct. 5, 1961, Pub. L. 87–395, §8(d), 75 Stat. 827; Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(a), 77 Stat. 164, prohibited Federal interference with administration of institutions where grants were made for construction of health research facilities, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §201(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2246.

A prior section 708 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 292h of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Effective Date

Section effective Jan. 1, 1993, and until such date, former section 294e(c) of this title, as in effect on the day before Oct. 13, 1992, to continue in effect in lieu of this section, see section 103 of Pub. L. 102–408, set out as a note under section 292 of this title.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in section 292e of this title.

§292h. Office for Health Education Assistance Loan Default Reduction

(a) Establishment

The Secretary shall establish, within the Division of Student Assistance of the Bureau of Health Professions, an office to be known as the Office for Health Education Assistance Loan Default Reduction (in this section referred to as the "Office").

(b) Purpose and functions

It shall be the purpose of the Office to achieve a reduction in the number and amounts of defaults on loans guaranteed under this subpart. In carrying out such purpose the Office shall—

(1) conduct analytical and evaluative studies concerning loans and loan defaults;

(2) carry out activities designed to reduce loan defaults;

(3) respond to special circumstances that may exist in the financial lending environment that may lead to loan defaults;

(4) coordinate with other Federal entities that are involved with student loan programs, including—

(A) with respect to the Department of Education, in the development of a single student loan application form, a single student loan deferment form, a single disability form, and a central student loan database; and

(B) with respect to the Department of Justice, in the recovery of payments from health professionals who have defaulted on loans guaranteed under this subpart; and


(5) provide technical assistance to borrowers, lenders, holders, and institutions concerning deferments and collection activities.

(c) Additional duties

In conjunction with the report submitted under subsection (b) of this section, the Office shall—

(1) compile, and publish in the Federal Register, a list of the borrowers who are in default under this subpart; and

(2) send the report and notices of default with respect to these borrowers to relevant Federal agencies and to schools, school associations, professional and specialty associations, State licensing boards, hospitals with which such borrowers may be associated, and any other relevant organizations.

(d) Allocation of funds for Office

In the case of amounts reserved under section 292i(a)(2)(B) of this title for obligation under this subsection, the Secretary may obligate the amounts for the purpose of administering the Office, including 7 full-time equivalent employment positions for such Office. With respect to such purpose, amounts made available under the preceding sentence are in addition to amounts made available to the Health Resources and Services Administration for program management for the fiscal year involved. With respect to such employment positions, the positions are in addition to the number of full-time equivalent employment positions that otherwise is authorized for the Department of Health and Human Services for the fiscal year involved.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §709, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2006; amended Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §141(b), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3579.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 292h, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §708, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §206, 90 Stat. 2250; amended Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(a), 91 Stat. 389; Nov. 9, 1978, Pub. L. 95–623, §12(a), 92 Stat. 3457; Dec. 11, 1980, Pub. L. 96–511, §4(c), 94 Stat. 2826; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2719, 95 Stat. 914; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §220(b), 99 Stat. 543; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §§616(c)(1), 626, 102 Stat. 3139, 3144; Nov. 18, 1988, Pub. L. 100–690, title II, §2615(a), 102 Stat. 4239; Aug. 16, 1989, Pub. L. 101–93, §5(m), 103 Stat. 613, related to health professions data, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408. See section 295k of this title.

Another prior section 292h, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §709, as added July 30, 1956, ch. 779, §2, 70 Stat. 720; amended Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(a), 77 Stat. 164; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §102(k)(2)(C), 85 Stat. 437, provided for issuance of general, administrative, and other regulations for implementation of grants for construction of health research facilities, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §201(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2246.

A prior section 709 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 292i of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2720(a), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 915.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–392 inserted "and" at end of par. (4)(B), substituted a period for "; and" at end of par. (5), and struck out par. (6) which read as follows: "prepare and submit a report not later than March 31, 1993, and annually, thereafter, to the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives concerning—

"(A) the default rates for each—

"(i) institution described in section 292o(1) of this title that is participating in the loan programs under this subpart;

"(ii) lender participating in the loan program under this subpart; and

"(iii) loan holder under this subpart;

"(B) the total amounts recovered pursuant to section 292f(b) of this title during the preceding fiscal year; and

"(C) a plan for improving the extent of such recoveries during the current fiscal year."

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in section 292i of this title.

§292i. Insurance account

(a) In general

(1) Establishment

There is hereby established a student loan insurance account (in this section referred to as the "Account") which shall be available without fiscal year limitation to the Secretary for making payments in connection with the collection and default of loans insured under this subpart by the Secretary.

(2) Funding

(A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), all amounts received by the Secretary as premium charges for insurance and as receipts, earnings, or proceeds derived from any claim or other assets acquired by the Secretary in connection with his operations under this subpart, and any other moneys, property, or assets derived by the Secretary from the operations of the Secretary in connection with this section, shall be deposited in the Account.

(B) With respect to amounts described in subparagraph (A) that are received by the Secretary for fiscal year 1993 and subsequent fiscal years, the Secretary may, before depositing such amounts in the Account, reserve from the amounts each such fiscal year not more than $1,000,000 for obligation under section 292h(d) of this title.

(3) Expenditures

All payments in connection with the default of loans insured by the Secretary under this subpart shall be paid from the Account.

(b) Contingent authority for issuance of notes or other obligations

If at any time the moneys in the Account are insufficient to make payments in connection with the collection or default of any loan insured by the Secretary under this subpart, the Secretary of the Treasury may lend the Account such amounts as may be necessary to make the payments involved, subject to the Federal Credit Reform Act of 1990 [2 U.S.C. 661 et seq.].

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §710, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2007; amended Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §143, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3581.)

References in Text

The Federal Credit Reform Act of 1990, referred to in subsec. (b), is title V of Pub. L. 93–344, as added by Pub. L. 101–508, title XIII, §13201(a), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–609, which is classified generally to subchapter III (§661 et seq.) of chapter 17A of Title 2, The Congress. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1990 Amendment note set out under section 621 of Title 2 and Tables.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 292i, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §709, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §207, 90 Stat. 2252; amended Nov. 9, 1978, Pub. L. 95–623, §12(b), 92 Stat. 3457, related to shared schedule residency training positions, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2720(a), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 915.

Another prior section 292i, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §710, as added July 30, 1956, ch. 779, §2, 70 Stat. 720; amended Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(a), 77 Stat. 164; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §102(k)(2)(A), 85 Stat. 437, related to preparation and submission of annual reports to the Congress through the President, including its contents, as to grants for construction of health research facilities, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §201(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2246.

A prior section 710 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 292k of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 710 of act July 1, 1944, was renumbered section 709 by Pub. L. 97–35 and was classified to section 292j of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (a)(2)(B). Pub. L. 105–392 substituted "fiscal year 1993 and subsequent fiscal years" for "any of the fiscal years 1993 through 1996".

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in sections 292f, 292h, 292m of this title; title 20 section 1078–3.

§292j. Powers and responsibilities of Secretary

(a) In general

In the performance of, and with respect to, the functions, powers, and duties vested in the Secretary by this subpart, the Secretary is authorized as follows:

(1) To prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this subpart.

(2) To sue and be sued in any district court of the United States. Such district courts shall have jurisdiction of civil actions arising under this subpart without regard to the amount in controversy, and any action instituted under this subsection by or against the Secretary shall survive notwithstanding any change in the person occupying the office of Secretary or any vacancy in that office. No attachment, injunction, garnishment, or other similar process, mesne or final, shall be issued against the Secretary or property under the control of the Secretary. Nothing herein shall be constructed to except litigation arising out of activities under this subpart from the application of sections 517 and 547 of title 28.

(3) To include in any contract for Federal loan insurance such terms, conditions, and covenants relating to repayment of principal and payments of interest, relating to his obligations and rights and to those of eligible lenders, and borrowers in case of default, and relating to such other matters as the Secretary determines to be necessary to assure that the purposes of this subpart will be achieved. Any term, condition, and covenant made pursuant to this paragraph or any other provisions of this subpart may be modified by the Secretary if the Secretary determines that modification is necessary to protect the financial interest of the United States.

(4) Subject to the specific limitations in the subpart, to consent to the modification of any note or other instrument evidencing a loan which has been insured by him under this subpart (including modifications with respect to the rate of interest, time of payment of any installment of principal and interest or any portion thereof, or any other provision).

(5) To enforce, pay, compromise, waive, or release any right, title, claim, lien, or demand, however acquired, including any equity or any right or 1 redemption.

(b) Annual budget; accounts

The Secretary shall, with respect to the financial operations arising by reason of this subpart—

(1) prepare annually and submit a budget program as provided for wholly owned Government corporations by chapter 91 of title 31; and

(2) maintain with respect to insurance under this subpart an integral set of accounts.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §711, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2007.)

Codification

In subsec. (b)(1), "chapter 91 of title 31" was substituted for "the Government Corporation Control Act" on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 292j, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §709, formerly §710, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §208, 90 Stat. 2252; renumbered §709 and amended Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §§2720(b), 2721, 95 Stat. 915; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §206, 99 Stat. 527, related to payment under grants, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 292j, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §711, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §3(b), 77 Stat. 173; amended Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §102(k)(2)(A), 85 Stat. 437, provided for technical assistance in connection with grants for construction of health research facilities, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §201(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2246.

1 So in original. Probably should be "of".

§292k. Participation by Federal credit unions in Federal, State, and private student loan insurance programs

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, Federal credit unions shall, pursuant to regulations of the Administrator of the National Credit Union Administration, have power to make insured loans to eligible students in accordance with the provisions of this subpart relating to Federal insured loans.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §712, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2008.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 292k, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §710, formerly §711, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title II, §209, 90 Stat. 2253; renumbered §710 and amended Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §§2720(b), 2722, 95 Stat. 915, related to differential tuition and fees, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in section 254l of this title.

§292l. Determination of eligible students

For purposes of determining eligible students under this part, in the case of a public school in a State that offers an accelerated, integrated program of study combining undergraduate premedical education and medical education leading to advanced entry, by contractual agreement, into an accredited four-year school of medicine which provides the remaining training leading to a degree of doctor of medicine, whenever in this part a provision refers to a student at a school of medicine, such reference shall include only a student enrolled in any of the last four years of such accelerated, integrated program of study.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §713, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2008.)

§292m. Repayment by Secretary of loans of deceased or disabled borrowers

If a borrower who has received a loan dies or becomes permanently and totally disabled (as determined in accordance with regulations of the Secretary), the Secretary shall discharge the borrower's liability on the loan by repaying the amount owed on the loan from the account established under section 292i of this title.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §714, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2008.)

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in section 292b of this title.

§292n. Additional requirements for institutions and lenders

(a) In general

Notwithstanding any other provision of this subpart, the Secretary is authorized to prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to provide for—

(1) a fiscal audit of an eligible institution with regard to any funds obtained from a borrower who has received a loan insured under this subpart;

(2) the establishment of reasonable standards of financial responsibility and appropriate institutional capability for the administration by an eligible institution of a program of student financial aid with respect to funds obtained from a student who has received a loan insured under this subpart;

(3) the limitation, suspension, or termination of the eligibility under this subpart of any otherwise eligible institution, whenever the Secretary has determined, after notice and affording an opportunity for hearing, that such institution has violated or failed to carry out any regulation prescribed under this subpart;

(4) the collection of information from the borrower, lender, or eligible institution to assure compliance with the provisions of section 292d of this title;

(5) the assessing of tuition or fees to borrowers in amounts that are the same or less than the amount of tuition and fees assessed to nonborrowers;

(6) the submission, by the institution or the lender to the Office of Health Education Assistance Loan Default Reduction, of information concerning each loan made under this subpart, including the date when each such loan was originated, the date when each such loan is sold, the identity of the loan holder and information concerning a change in the borrower's status;

(7) the withholding of services, including academic transcripts, financial aid transcripts, and alumni services, by an institution from a borrower upon the default of such borrower of a loan under this subpart, except in case of a borrower who has filed for bankruptcy; and

(8) the offering, by the lender to the borrower, of a variety of repayment options, including fixed-rate, graduated repayment with negative amortization permitted, and income dependent payments for a limited period followed by level monthly payments.

(b) Recording by institution of information on students

The Secretary shall require an eligible institution to record, and make available to the lender and to the Secretary upon request, the name, address, postgraduate destination, and other reasonable identifying information for each student of such institution who has a loan insured under this subpart.

(c) Workshop for student borrowers

Each participating eligible institution must have, at the beginning of each academic year, a workshop concerning the provisions of this subpart that all student borrowers shall be required to attend.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §715, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2009.)

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in section 292f of this title.

§292o. Definitions

For purposes of this subpart:

(1) The term "eligible institution" means, with respect to a fiscal year, a school of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, optometry, podiatric medicine, pharmacy, public health, allied health, or chiropractic, or a graduate program in health administration or behavioral and mental health practice, including clinical psychology.

(2) The term "eligible lender" means an eligible institution that became a lender under this subpart prior to September 15, 1992, an agency or instrumentality of a State, a financial or credit institution (including an insurance company) which is subject to examination and supervision by an agency of the United States or of any State, a pension fund approved by the Secretary for this purpose, or a nonprofit private entity designated by the State, regulated by the State, and approved by the Secretary.

(3) The term "line of credit" means an arrangement or agreement between the lender and the borrower whereby a loan is paid out by the lender to the borrower in annual installments, or whereby the lender agrees to make, in addition to the initial loan, additional loans in subsequent years.

(4) The term "school of allied health" means a program in a school of allied health (as defined in section 295p of this title) which leads to a masters' degree or a doctoral degree.

(5)(A) The term "default rate", in the case of an eligible entity, means the percentage constituted by the ratio of—

(i) the principal amount of loans insured under this subpart—

(I) that are made with respect to the entity and that enter repayment status after April 7, 1987; and

(II) for which amounts have been paid under section 292f(a) of this title to insurance beneficiaries, exclusive of any loan for which amounts have been so paid as a result of the death or total and permanent disability of the borrower; exclusive of any loan for which the borrower begins payments to the Secretary on the loan pursuant to section 292f(b) of this title and maintains payments for 12 consecutive months in accordance with the agreement involved (with the loan subsequently being included or excluded, as the case may be, as amounts paid under section 292f(a) of this title according to whether further defaults occur and whether with respect to the default involved compliance with such requirement regarding 12 consecutive months occurs); and exclusive of any loan on which payments may not be recovered by reason of the obligation under the loan being discharged in bankruptcy under title 11; to


(ii) the total principal amount of loans insured under this subpart that are made with respect to the entity and that enter repayment status after April 7, 1987.


(B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), a loan insured under this subpart shall be considered to have entered repayment status if the applicable period described in subparagraph (B) of section 292d(a)(2) of this title regarding the loan has expired (without regard to whether any period described in subparagraph (C) of such section is applicable regarding the loan).

(C) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "eligible entity" means an eligible institution, an eligible lender, or a holder, as the case may be.

(D) For purposes of subparagraph (A), a loan is made with respect to an eligible entity if—

(i) in the case of an eligible institution, the loan was made to students of the institution;

(ii) in the case of an eligible lender, the loan was made by the lender; and

(iii) in the case of a holder, the loan was purchased by the holder.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §719, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2009; amended Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §141(c)(2), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3579.)

Amendments

1998—Par. (1). Pub. L. 105–392 substituted "or behavioral and mental health practice, including clinical psychology" for "or clinical psychology".

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in sections 292, 292a, 292g of this title.

§292p. Authorization of appropriations

(a) In general

For fiscal year 1993 and subsequent fiscal years, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for the adequacy of the student loan insurance account under this subpart and for the purpose of administering this subpart.

(b) Availability of sums

Sums appropriated under subsection (a) of this section shall remain available until expended.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §720, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2011.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 720 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 293 of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

subpart ii—federally-supported student loan funds

Subpart Referred to in Other Sections

This subpart is referred to in title 20 section 1078–3.

§292q. Agreements for operation of school loan funds

(a) Fund agreements

The Secretary is authorized to enter into an agreement for the establishment and operation of a student loan fund in accordance with this subpart with any public or other nonprofit school of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, podiatric medicine, optometry, or veterinary medicine.

(b) Requirements

Each agreement entered into under this section shall—

(1) provide for establishment of a student loan fund by the school;

(2) provide for deposit in the fund of—

(A) the Federal capital contributions to the fund;

(B) an amount equal to not less than one-ninth of such Federal capital contributions, contributed by such institution;

(C) collections of principal and interest on loans made from the fund;

(D) collections pursuant to section 292r(j) of this title; and

(E) any other earnings of the fund;


(3) provide that the fund shall be used only for loans to students of the school in accordance with the agreement and for costs of collection of such loans and interest thereon;

(4) provide that loans may be made from such funds only to students pursuing a full-time course of study at the school leading to a degree of doctor of medicine, doctor of dentistry or an equivalent degree, doctor of osteopathy, bachelor of science in pharmacy or an equivalent degree, doctor of pharmacy or an equivalent degree, doctor of podiatric medicine or an equivalent degree, doctor of optometry or an equivalent degree, or doctor of veterinary medicine or an equivalent degree;

(5) provide that the school shall advise, in writing, each applicant for a loan from the student loan fund of the provisions of section 292r of this title under which outstanding loans from the student loan fund may be paid (in whole or in part) by the Secretary; and

(6) contain such other provisions as are necessary to protect the financial interests of the United States.

(c) Failure of school to collect loans

(1) In general

Any standard established by the Secretary by regulation for the collection by schools of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, podiatric medicine, optometry, or veterinary medicine of loans made pursuant to loan agreements under this subpart shall provide that the failure of any such school to collect such loans shall be measured in accordance with this subsection. This subsection may not be construed to require such schools to reimburse the student loan fund under this subpart for loans that became uncollectible prior to August 1985 or to penalize such schools with respect to such loans.

(2) Extent of failure

The measurement of a school's failure to collect loans made under this subpart shall be the ratio (stated as a percentage) that the defaulted principal amount outstanding of such school bears to the matured loans of such school.

(3) Definitions

For purposes of this subsection:

(A) The term "default" means the failure of a borrower of a loan made under this subpart to—

(i) make an installment payment when due; or

(ii) comply with any other term of the promissory note for such loan,


except that a loan made under this subpart shall not be considered to be in default if the loan is discharged in bankruptcy or if the school reasonably concludes from written contracts with the borrower that the borrower intends to repay the loan.

(B) The term "defaulted principal amount outstanding" means the total amount borrowed from the loan fund of a school that has reached the repayment stage (minus any principal amount repaid or canceled) on loans—

(i) repayable monthly and in default for at least 120 days; and

(ii) repayable less frequently than monthly and in default for at least 180 days;


(C) The term "grace period" means the period of one year beginning on the date on which the borrower ceases to pursue a full-time course of study at a school of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, podiatric medicine, optometry, or veterinary medicine; and

(D) The term "matured loans" means the total principal amount of all loans made by a school under this subpart minus the total principal amount of loans made by such school to students who are—

(i) enrolled in a full-time course of study at such school; or

(ii) in their grace period.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §721, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2011.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 721 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 293a of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in sections 292r, 292s, 292t, 292v, 292x, 292y, 295o–1 of this title.

§292r. Loan provisions

(a) Amount of loan

(1) In general

Loans from a student loan fund (established under an agreement with a school under section 292q of this title) may not, subject to paragraph (2), exceed for any student for a school year (or its equivalent) the cost of attendance (including tuition, other reasonable educational expenses, and reasonable living costs) for that year at the educational institution attended by the student (as determined by such educational institution).

(2) Third and fourth years of medical school

For purposes of paragraph (1), the amount of the loan may, in the case of the third or fourth year of a student at a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, be increased to the extent necessary to pay the balances of loans that, from sources other than the student loan fund under section 292q of this title, were made to the individual for attendance at the school. The authority to make such an increase is subject to the school and the student agreeing that such amount (as increased) will be expended to pay such balances.

(b) Terms and conditions

Subject to section 292s of this title, any such loans shall be made on such terms and conditions as the school may determine, but may be made only to a student—

(1) who is in need of the amount thereof to pursue a full-time course of study at the school leading to a degree of doctor of medicine, doctor of dentistry or an equivalent degree, doctor of osteopathy, bachelor of science in pharmacy or an equivalent degree, doctor of pharmacy or an equivalent degree, doctor of podiatric medicine or an equivalent degree, doctor of optometry or an equivalent degree, or doctor of veterinary medicine or an equivalent degree; and

(2) who, if required under section 453 of title 50, Appendix, to present himself for and submit to registration under such section, has presented himself and submitted to registration under such section.

(c) Repayment; exclusions from repayment period

Such loans shall be repayable in equal or graduated periodic installments (with the right of the borrower to accelerate repayment) over the period of not less than 10 years nor more than 25 years, at the discretion of the institution, which begins one year after the student ceases to pursue a full-time course of study at a school of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, podiatry, optometry, or veterinary medicine, excluding from such period—

(1) all periods—

(A) not in excess of three years of active duty performed by the borrower as a member of a uniformed service;

(B) not in excess of three years during which the borrower serves as a volunteer under the Peace Corps Act [22 U.S.C. 2501 et seq.];

(C) during which the borrower participates in advanced professional training, including internships and residencies; and

(D) during which the borrower is pursuing a full-time course of study at such a school; and


(2) a period—

(A) not in excess of two years during which a borrower who is a full-time student in such a school leaves the school, with the intent to return to such school as a full-time student, in order to engage in a full-time educational activity which is directly related to the health profession for which the borrower is preparing, as determined by the Secretary; or

(B) not in excess of two years during which a borrower who is a graduate of such a school is a participant in a fellowship training program or a full-time educational activity which—

(i) is directly related to the health profession for which such borrower prepared at such school, as determined by the Secretary; and

(ii) may be engaged in by the borrower during such a two-year period which begins within twelve months after the completion of the borrower's participation in advanced professional training described in paragraph (1)(C) or prior to the completion of such borrower's participation in such training.

(d) Cancellation of liability

The liability to repay the unpaid balance of such a loan and accrued interest thereon shall be canceled upon the death of the borrower, or if the Secretary determines that he has become permanently, and totally disabled.

(e) Rate of interest

Such loans shall bear interest, on the unpaid balance of the loan, computed only for periods for which the loan is repayable, at the rate of 5 percent per year.

(f) Security or endorsement

Loans shall be made under this subpart without security or endorsement, except that if the borrower is a minor and the note or other evidence of obligation executed by him would not, under the applicable law, create a binding obligation, either security or endorsement may be required.

(g) Transferring and assigning loans

No note or other evidence of a loan made under this subpart may be transferred or assigned by the school making the loan except that, if the borrowers transfer to another school participating in the program under this subpart, such note or other evidence of a loan may be transferred to such other school.

(h) Charge with respect to insurance for certain cancellations

Subject to regulations of the Secretary, a school may assess a charge with respect to loans made this subpart 1 to cover the costs of insuring against cancellation of liability under subsection (d) of this section.

(i) Charge with respect to late payments

Subject to regulations of the Secretary, and in accordance with this section, a school shall assess a charge with respect to a loan made under this subpart for failure of the borrower to pay all or any part of an installment when it is due and, in the case of a borrower who is entitled to deferment of the loan under subsection (c) of this section, for any failure to file timely and satisfactory evidence of such entitlement. No such charge may be made if the payment of such installment or the filing of such evidence is made within 60 days after the date on which such installment or filing is due. The amount of any such charge may not exceed an amount equal to 6 percent of the amount of such installment. The school may elect to add the amount of any such charge to the principal amount of the loan as of the first day after the day on which such installment or evidence was due, or to make the amount of the charge payable to the school not later than the due date of the next installment after receipt by the borrower of notice of the assessment of the charge.

(j) Authority of schools regarding rate of payment

A school may provide, in accordance with regulations of the Secretary, that during the repayment period of a loan from a loan fund established pursuant to an agreement under this subpart payments of principal and interest by the borrower with respect to all the outstanding loans made to him from loan funds so established shall be at a rate equal to not less than $40 per month.

(k) Authority regarding repayments by Secretary

Upon application by a person who received, and is under an obligation to repay, any loan made to such person as a health professions student to enable him to study medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, veterinary medicine, optometry, pharmacy, or podiatry, the Secretary may undertake to repay (without liability to the applicant) all or any part of such loan, and any interest or portion thereof outstanding thereon, upon his determination, pursuant to regulations establishing criteria therefor, that the applicant—

(1) failed to complete such studies leading to his first professional degree;

(2) is in exceptionally needy circumstances;

(3) is from a low-income or disadvantaged family as those terms may be defined by such regulations; and

(4) has not resumed, or cannot reasonably be expected to resume, the study of medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, veterinary medicine, optometry, pharmacy, or podiatric medicine, within two years following the date upon which he terminated such studies.

(l) Collection efforts by Secretary

The Secretary is authorized to attempt to collect any loan which was made under this subpart, which is in default, and which was referred to the Secretary by a school with which the Secretary has an agreement under this subpart, on behalf of that school under such terms and conditions as the Secretary may prescribe (including reimbursement from the school's student loan fund for expenses the Secretary may reasonably incur in attempting collection), but only if the school has complied with such requirements as the Secretary may specify by regulation with respect to the collection of loans under this subpart. A loan so referred shall be treated as a debt subject to section 5514 of title 5. Amounts collected shall be deposited in the school's student loan fund. Whenever the Secretary desires the institution of a civil action regarding any such loan, the Secretary shall refer the matter to the Attorney General for appropriate action.

(m) Elimination of statute of limitation for loan collections

(1) Purpose

It is the purpose of this subsection to ensure that obligations to repay loans under this section are enforced without regard to any Federal or State statutory, regulatory, or administrative limitation on the period within which debts may be enforced.

(2) Prohibition

Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal or State law, no limitation shall terminate the period within which suit may be filed, a judgment may be enforced, or an offset, garnishment, or other action may be initiated or taken by a school that has an agreement with the Secretary pursuant to section 292q of this title that is seeking the repayment of the amount due from a borrower on a loan made under this subpart after the default of the borrower on such loan.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §722, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2012; amended Pub. L. 103–43, title XX, §2014(b), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 215; Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §134(a), (b)(1), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3577, 3578.)

References in Text

The Peace Corps Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(B), is Pub. L. 87–293, Sept. 22, 1961, 75 Stat. 612, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 34 (§2501 et seq.) of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2501 of Title 22 and Tables.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 722 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 293b of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–392, §134(a)(1), substituted "the cost of attendance (including tuition, other reasonable educational expenses, and reasonable living costs) for that year at the educational institution attended by the student (as determined by such educational institution)." for "the sum of—

"(A) the cost of tuition for such year at such school, and

"(B) $2,500."

Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 105–392, §134(a)(2), substituted "the amount of the loan may, in the case of the third or fourth year of a student at a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, be increased to the extent necessary" for "the amount $2,500 may, in the case of the third or fourth year of a student at school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, be increased to the extent necessary (including such $2,500)".

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–392, §134(a)(3), in heading, substituted "repayment" for "ten-year" and, in introductory provisions, substituted "period of not less than 10 years nor more than 25 years, at the discretion of the institution, which begins" for "ten-year period which begins" and "such period" for "such ten-year period".

Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 105–392, §134(a)(4), substituted "$40" for "$15".

Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 105–392, §134(b)(1), added subsec. (m).

1993—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 103–43, §2014(b)(1), amended heading and text of subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Loans from a student loan fund (established under an agreement with a school under section 292q of this title) may not exceed for any student for each school year (or its equivalent) the sum of—

"(1) the cost of tuition for such year at such school, and

"(2) $2,500."

Subsec. (b)(2), (3). Pub. L. 103–43, §2014(b)(2), redesignated par. (3) as (2) and struck out former par. (2), which read as follows: "who, if pursuing a full-time course of study at the school leading to a degree of doctor of medicine or doctor of osteopathy, is of exceptional financial need (as defined by regulations of the Secretary); and".

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §134(b)(2), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3578, provided that: "The amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall be effective with respect to actions pending on or after the date of enactment of this Act [Nov. 13, 1998]."

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in sections 292q, 292s, 292v of this title.

1 So in original. Probably should be "under this subpart".

§292s. Medical schools and primary health care

(a) Requirements for students

(1) In general

Subject to the provisions of this subsection, in the case of student loan funds established under section 292q of this title by schools of medicine or osteopathic medicine, each agreement entered into under such section with such a school shall provide (in addition to the provisions required in subsection (b) of such section) that the school will make a loan from such fund to a student only if the student agrees—

(A) to enter and complete a residency training program in primary health care not later than 4 years after the date on which the student graduates from such school; and

(B) to practice in such care through the date on which the loan is repaid in full.

(2) Inapplicability to certain students

(A) The requirement established in paragraph (1) regarding the student loan fund of a school does not apply to a student if—

(i) the first loan to the student from such fund is made before July 1, 1993; or

(ii) the loan is made from—

(I) a Federal capital contribution under section 292q of this title that is made from amounts appropriated under section 292t(f) of this title (in this section referred to as an "exempt Federal capital contribution"); or

(II) a school contribution made under section 292q of this title pursuant to such a Federal capital contribution (in this section referred to as an "exempt school contribution").


(B) A Federal capital contribution under section 292q of this title may not be construed as being an exempt Federal capital contribution if the contribution was made from amounts appropriated before October 1, 1990. A school contribution under section 292q of this title may not be construed as being an exempt school contribution if the contribution was made pursuant to a Federal capital contribution under such section that was made from amounts appropriated before such date.

(3) Noncompliance by student

Each agreement entered into with a student pursuant to paragraph (1) shall provide that, if the student fails to comply with such agreement, the loan involved will begin to accrue interest at a rate of 18 percent per year beginning on the date of such noncompliance.

(4) Waivers

(A) With respect to the obligation of an individual under an agreement made under paragraph (1) as a student, the Secretary shall provide for the partial or total waiver or suspension of the obligation whenever compliance by the individual is impossible, or would involve extreme hardship to the individual, and if enforcement of the obligation with respect to the individual would be unconscionable.

(B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the obligation of an individual shall be waived if—

(i) the status of the individual as a student of the school involved is terminated before graduation from the school, whether voluntarily or involuntarily; and

(ii) the individual does not, after such termination, resume attendance at the school or begin attendance at any other school of medicine or osteopathic medicine.


(C) If an individual resumes or begins attendance for purposes of subparagraph (B), the obligation of the individual under the agreement under paragraph (1) shall be considered to have been suspended for the period in which the individual was not in attendance.

(D) This paragraph may not be construed as authorizing the waiver or suspension of the obligation of a student to repay, in accordance with section 292r of this title, loans from student loan funds under section 292q of this title.

(b) Requirements for schools

(1) In general

Subject to the provisions of this subsection, in the case of student loan funds established under section 292q of this title by schools of medicine or osteopathic medicine, each agreement entered into under such section with such a school shall provide (in addition to the provisions required in subsection (b) of such section) that, for the 1-year period ending on June 30, 1997; 1 and for the 1-year period ending on June 30 of each subsequent fiscal year, the school will meet not less than 1 of the conditions described in paragraph (2) with respect to graduates of the school whose date of graduation from the school occurred approximately 4 years before the end of the 1-year period involved.

(2) Description of conditions

With respect to graduates described in paragraph (1) (in this paragraph referred to as "designated graduates"), the conditions referred to in such paragraph for a school for a 1-year period are as follows:

(A) Not less than 50 percent of designated graduates of the school meet the criterion of either being in a residency training program in primary health care, or being engaged in a practice in such care (having completed such a program).

(B) Not less than 25 percent of the designated graduates of the school meet such criterion, and such percentage is not less than 5 percentage points above the percentage of such graduates meeting such criterion for the preceding 1-year period.

(C) In the case of schools of medicine or osteopathic medicine with student loans funds under section 292q of this title, the school involved is at or above the 75th percentile of such schools whose designated graduates meet such criterion.

(3) Determinations by Secretary

Not later than 90 days after the close of each 1-year period described in paragraph (1), the Secretary shall make a determination of whether the school involved has for such period complied with such paragraph and shall in writing inform the school of the determination. Such determination shall be made only after consideration of the report submitted to the Secretary by the school under paragraph (6).

(4) Noncompliance by school

(A)(i) Subject to subparagraph (C), each agreement under section 292q of this title with a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine shall provide that, if the school fails to comply with paragraph (1) for a 1-year period under such paragraph, the school—

(I) will pay to the Secretary the amount applicable under subparagraph (B) for the period; and

(II) will pay such amount not later than 90 days after the school is informed under paragraph (3) of the determination of the Secretary regarding such period.


(ii) Any amount that a school is required to pay under clause (i) may be paid from the student loan fund of the school under section 292q of this title.

(B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the amount applicable for a school, subject to subparagraph (C), is—

(i) for the 1-year period ending June 30, 1997, an amount equal to 10 percent of the income received during such period by the student loan fund of the school under section 292q of this title;

(ii) for the 1-year period ending June 30, 1998, an amount equal to 20 percent of the income received during such period by the student loan fund; and

(iii) for any subsequent 1-year period under paragraph (1), an amount equal to 30 percent of the income received during such period by the student loan fund.


(C) In determining the amount of income that a student loan fund has received for purposes of subparagraph (B), the Secretary shall exclude any income derived from exempt contributions. Payments made to the Secretary under subparagraph (A) may not be made with such contributions or with income derived from such contributions.

(5) Expenditure of payments

(A) Amounts paid to the Secretary under paragraph (4) shall be expended to make Federal capital contributions to student loan funds under section 292q of this title of schools that are in compliance with paragraph (1).

(B) A Federal capital contribution under section 292q of this title may not be construed as being an exempt Federal capital contribution if the contribution is made from payments under subparagraph (A). A school contribution under such section may not be construed as being an exempt school contribution if the contribution is made pursuant to a Federal capital contribution from such payments.

(6) Reports by schools

Each agreement under section 292q of this title with a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine shall provide that the school will submit to the Secretary a report for each 1-year period under paragraph (1) that provides such information as the Secretary determines to be necessary for carrying out this subsection. Each such report shall include statistics concerning the current training or practice status of all graduates of such school whose date of graduation from the school occurred approximately 4 years before the end of the 1-year period involved.

(c) Definitions

For purposes of this section:

(1) The term "exempt contributions" means exempt Federal capital contributions and exempt school contributions.

(2) The term "exempt Federal capital contribution" means a Federal capital contribution described in subclause (I) of subsection (a)(2)(A)(ii) of this section.

(3) The term "exempt school contribution" means a school contribution described in subclause (II) of subsection (a)(2)(A)(ii) of this section.

(4) The term "income", with respect to a student fund under section 292q of this title, means payments of principal and interest on any loan made from the fund, and any other earnings of the fund.

(5) The term "primary health care" means family medicine, general internal medicine, general pediatrics, preventive medicine, or osteopathic general practice.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §723, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2015; amended Pub. L. 103–43, title XX, §2014(c), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 216; Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §131, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3574.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 723 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 293c of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 105–392, §131(b), reenacted heading without change and amended text of par. (3) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Each agreement entered into with a student pursuant to paragraph (1) shall provide that, if the student fails to comply with the agreement—

"(A) the balance due on the loan involved will be immediately recomputed from the date of issuance at an interest rate of 12 percent per year, compounded annually; and

"(B) the recomputed balance will be paid not later than the expiration of the 3-year period beginning on the date on which the student fails to comply with the agreement."

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 105–392, §131(a), substituted "4 years before" for "3 years before".

Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 105–392, §131(c), redesignated subsec. (d) as (c) and struck out heading and text of subsec. (c). Text read as follows: "The Secretary shall each fiscal year submit to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate, a report regarding the administration of this section, including the extent of compliance with the requirements of this section, during the preceding fiscal year."

1993—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 103–43, §2014(c)(1), added par. (4).

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 103–43, §2014(c)(2)(A), substituted "1997;" for "1994," and "3 years before" for "4 years before".

Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 103–43, §2014(c)(2)(B), substituted "25 percent" for "15 percent".

Subsec. (b)(4)(B). Pub. L. 103–43, §2014(c)(2)(C), substituted "1997" for "1994" in cl. (i) and "1998" for "1995" in cl. (ii).

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in sections 292r, 292t, 292y, 295o–1 of this title.

1 So in original. The semicolon probably should be a comma.

§292t. Individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds

(a) Fund agreements regarding certain amounts

With respect to amounts appropriated under subsection (f) of this section, each agreement entered into under section 292q of this title with a school shall provide (in addition to the provisions required in subsection (b) of such section) that—

(1) any Federal capital contribution made to the student loan fund of the school from such amounts, together with the school contribution appropriate under subsection (b)(2)(B) of such section to the amount of the Federal capital contribution, will be utilized only for the purpose of—

(A) making loans to individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds; and

(B) the costs of the collection of the loans and interest on the loans; and


(2) collections of principal and interest on loans made pursuant to paragraph (1), and any other earnings of the student loan fund attributable to amounts that are in the fund pursuant to such paragraph, will be utilized only for the purpose described in such paragraph.

(b) Minimum qualifications for schools

The Secretary may not make a Federal capital contribution for purposes of subsection (a) of this section for a fiscal year unless the health professions school involved—

(1) is carrying out a program for recruiting and retaining students from disadvantaged backgrounds, including racial and ethnic minorities; and

(2) is carrying out a program for recruiting and retaining minority faculty.

(c) Certain agreements regarding education of students; date certain for compliance

The Secretary may not make a Federal capital contribution for purposes of subsection (a) of this section for a fiscal year unless the health professions school involved agrees—

(1) to ensure that adequate instruction regarding minority health issues is provided for in the curricula of the school;

(2) with respect to health clinics providing services to a significant number of individuals who are from disadvantaged backgrounds, including members of minority groups, to enter into arrangements with 1 or more such clinics for the purpose of providing students of the school with experience in providing clinical services to such individuals;

(3) with respect to public or nonprofit private secondary educational institutions and undergraduate institutions of higher education, to enter into arrangements with 1 or more such institutions for the purpose of carrying out programs regarding the educational preparation of disadvantaged students, including minority students, to enter the health professions and regarding the recruitment of such individuals into the health professions;

(4) to establish a mentor program for assisting disadvantaged students, including minority students, regarding the completion of the educational requirements for degrees from the school;

(5) to be carrying out each of the activities specified in any of paragraphs (1) through (4) by not later than 1 year after the date on which the first Federal capital contribution is made to the school for purposes of subsection (a) of this section; and

(6) to continue carrying out such activities, and the activities specified in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (b) of this section, throughout the period during which the student loan fund established pursuant to section 292q(b) of this title is in operation.

(d) Availability of other amounts

With respect to Federal capital contributions to student loan funds under agreements under section 292q(b) of this title, any such contributions made before October 1, 1990, together with the school contributions appropriate under paragraph (2)(B) of such section to the amount of the Federal capital contributions, may be utilized for the purpose of making loans to individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds, subject to section 292s(a)(2)(B) of this title.

(e) "Disadvantaged" defined

For purposes of this section, the term "disadvantaged", with respect to an individual, shall be defined by the Secretary.

(f) Authorization of appropriations

(1) In general

With respect to making Federal capital contributions to student loan funds for purposes of subsection (a) of this section, there is authorized to be appropriated for such contributions $8,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1998 through 2002.

(2) Special consideration for certain schools

In making Federal capital contributions to student loan funds for purposes of subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary shall give special consideration to health professions schools that have enrollments of underrepresented minorities above the national average for health professions schools.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §724, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2018; amended Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §132, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3575.)

Repeal of Subsection (f)(1)

Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §132(b), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3575, provided that, effective Oct. 1, 2002, subsection (f)(1) of this section is repealed.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 724 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 293d of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 105–392, §132(a), substituted "$8,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1998 through 2002" for "$15,000,000 for fiscal year 1993".

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §132(b), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3575, provided that the repeal of subsec. (f)(1) of this section is effective Oct. 1, 2002.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in section 292s of this title.

§292u. Administrative provisions

The Secretary may agree to modifications of agreements or loans made under this subpart, and may compromise, waive, or release any right, title, claim, or demand of the United States arising or acquired under this subpart.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §725, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2019.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 725 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 293e of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Health Professions Education Fund; Availability of Fund; Deposit in Fund of: Interest Payments or Repayments of Principal on Loans; Transfer of Excess Moneys to General Fund of the Treasury; Authorization of Appropriations for Payments Under Agreements

Section 406(b), (c) of Pub. L. 94–484 provided that:

"(b) The health professions education fund created within the Treasury by section 744(d)(1) of the Public Health Service Act (as in effect before the date of enactment of this Act) [former section 294d(d)(1) of this title] shall remain available to the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare [now Health and Human Services] for the purpose of meeting his responsibilities respecting participations in obligations acquired under such section. The Secretary shall continue to deposit in such fund all amounts received by him as interest payments or repayments of principal on loans under such section 744 [former section 294d of this title]. If at any time the Secretary determines the moneys in the fund exceed the present and any reasonable prospective future requirements of such fund, such excess may be transferred to the general fund of the Treasury.

"(c) There are authorized to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation such sums as may be necessary to enable the Secretary to make payments under agreements entered into under section 744(b) [former section 294d(b) of this title] of the Public Health Service Act before September 30, 1977."

§292v. Provision by schools of information to students

(a) In general

With respect to loans made by a school under this subpart after June 30, 1986, each school, in order to carry out the provisions of sections 292q and 292r of this title, shall, at any time such school makes such a loan to a student under this subpart, provide thorough and adequate loan information on loans made under this subpart to the student. The loan information required to be provided to the student by this subsection shall include—

(1) the yearly and cumulative maximum amounts that may be borrowed by the student;

(2) the terms under which repayment of the loan will begin;

(3) the maximum number of years in which the loan must be repaid;

(4) the interest rate that will be paid by the borrower and the minimum amount of the required monthly payment;

(5) the amount of any other fees charged to the borrower by the lender;

(6) any options the borrower may have for deferral, cancellation, prepayment, consolidation, or other refinancing of the loan;

(7) a definition of default on the loan and a specification of the consequences which will result to the borrower if the borrower defaults, including a description of any arrangements which may be made with credit bureau organizations;

(8) to the extent practicable, the effect of accepting the loan on the eligibility of the borrower for other forms of student assistance; and

(9) a description of the actions that may be taken by the Federal Government to collect the loan, including a description of the type of information concerning the borrower that the Federal Government may disclose to (A) officers, employees, or agents of the Department of Health and Human Services, (B) officers, employees, or agents of schools with which the Secretary has an agreement under this subpart, or (C) any other person involved in the collection of a loan under this subpart.

(b) Statement regarding loan

Each school shall, immediately prior to the graduation from such school of a student who receives a loan under this subpart after June 30, 1986, provide such student with a statement specifying—

(1) each amount borrowed by the student under this subpart;

(2) the total amount borrowed by the student under this subpart; and

(3) a schedule for the repayment of the amounts borrowed under this subpart, including the number, amount, and frequency of payments to be made.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §726, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2020.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 726 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 293f of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 726 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 293f of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484.

§292w. Procedures for appeal of termination of agreements

In any case in which the Secretary intends to terminate an agreement with a school under this subpart, the Secretary shall provide the school with a written notice specifying such intention and stating that the school may request a formal hearing with respect to such termination. If the school requests such a hearing within 30 days after the receipt of such notice, the Secretary shall provide such school with a hearing conducted by an administrative law judge.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §727, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2020.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 727 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294 of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 727 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 293g of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 94–484.

§292x. Distribution of assets from loan funds

(a) Distribution after termination of fund

If a school terminates a loan fund established under an agreement pursuant to section 292q(b) of this title, or if the Secretary for good cause terminates the agreement with the school, there shall be a capital distribution as follows:

(1) The Secretary shall first be paid an amount which bears the same ratio to such balance in such fund on the date of termination of the fund as the total amount of the Federal capital contributions to such fund by the Secretary pursuant to section 292q(b)(2)(A) of this title bears to the total amount in such fund derived from such Federal capital contributions and from funds deposited therein pursuant to section 292q(b)(2)(B) of this title.

(2) The remainder of such balance shall be paid to the school.

(b) Payment of proportionate share to Secretary

If a capital distribution is made under subsection (a) of this section, the school involved shall, after the capital distribution, pay to the Secretary, not less often than quarterly, the same proportionate share of amounts received by the school in payment of principal or interest on loans made from the loan fund established pursuant to section 292q(b) of this title as was determined by the Secretary under subsection (a) of this section.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §728, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2021.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 728 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294a of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 728 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 293h of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 94–484.

§292y. General provisions

(a) Date certain for applications

The Secretary shall from time to time set dates by which schools must file applications for Federal capital contributions.

(b) Contingent reduction in allotments

If the total of the amounts requested for any fiscal year in such applications exceeds the amounts appropriated under this section for that fiscal year, the allotment to the loan fund of each such school shall be reduced to whichever of the following is the smaller: (A) the amount requested in its application; or (B) an amount which bears the same ratio to the amounts appropriated as the number of students estimated by the Secretary to be enrolled in such school during such fiscal year bears to the estimated total number of students in all such schools during such year. Amounts remaining after allotment under the preceding sentence shall be reallotted in accordance with clause (B) of such sentence among schools whose applications requested more than the amounts so allotted to their loan funds, but with such adjustments as may be necessary to prevent the total allotted to any such school's loan fund from exceeding the total so requested by it.

(c) Allotment of excess funds

Funds available in any fiscal year for payment to schools under this subpart which are in excess of the amount appropriated pursuant to this section for that year shall be allotted among schools in such manner as the Secretary determines will best carry out the purposes of this subpart.

(d) Payment of installments to schools

Allotments to a loan fund of a school shall be paid to it from time to time in such installments as the Secretary determines will not result in unnecessary accumulations in the loan fund at such school.

(e) Disposition of funds returned to Secretary

(1) Expenditure for Federal capital contributions

Subject to section 292s(b)(5) of this title, any amounts from student loan funds under section 292q of this title that are returned to the Secretary by health professions schools shall be expended to make Federal capital contributions to such funds.

(2) Date certain for contributions

Amounts described in paragraph (1) that are returned to the Secretary shall be obligated before the end of the succeeding fiscal year.

(3) Preference in making contributions

In making Federal capital contributions to student loans funds under section 292q of this title for a fiscal year from amounts described in paragraph (1), the Secretary shall give preference to health professions schools of the same disciplines as the health professions schools returning such amounts for the period during which the amounts expended for such contributions were received by the Secretary. Any such amounts that, prior to being so returned, were available only for the purpose of loans under this subpart to individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds shall be available only for such purpose.

(f) Funding for certain medical schools

(1) Authorization of appropriations

For the purpose of making Federal capital contributions to student loan funds established under section 292q of this title by schools of medicine or osteopathic medicine, there is authorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1994 through 1996.

(2) Minimum requirements

(A) Subject to subparagraph (B), the Secretary may make a Federal capital contribution pursuant to paragraph (1) only if the school of medicine or osteopathic medicine involved meets the conditions described in subparagraph (A) of section 292s(b)(2) of this title or the conditions described in subparagraph (C) of such section.

(B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the conditions referred to in such subparagraph shall be applied with respect to graduates of the school involved whose date of graduation occurred approximately 3 years before June 30 of the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the Federal capital contribution involved is made.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §735, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2021; amended Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §313(a)(1), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3507; Pub. L. 103–43, title XX, §2014(d), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 217; Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §134(c), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3578.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 735 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294h of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 105–392 reenacted heading without change and amended text of par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Amounts described in paragraph (1) that are returned to the Secretary before the fourth quarter of a fiscal year shall be obligated before the end of such fiscal year, and may not be obligated before the fourth quarter. For purposes of the preceding sentence, amounts returned to the Secretary during the last quarter of a fiscal year are deemed to have been returned during the first three quarters of the succeeding fiscal year."

1993—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 103–43 added subsec. (f).

1992—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–531 inserted designations for cls. (A) and (B) in first sentence.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Section 313(c) of Pub. L. 102–531 provided that: "The amendments described in this section [amending this section and sections 293j, 293l, 294n, 295j, 295l, 295n, 295o, 296k, and 298b–7 of this title, repealing section 297j of this title, redesignating subpart IV of part B of subchapter VI of this chapter as subpart III, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 295k of this title] are made, and take effect, immediately after the enactment of the bill, H.R. 3508, of the One Hundred Second Congress [Pub. L. 102–408, approved Oct. 13, 1992]."

Part B—Health Professions Training for Diversity

Part Referred to in Other Sections

This part is referred to in section 287a–2 of this title.

§293. Centers of excellence

(a) In general

The Secretary shall make grants to, and enter into contracts with, designated health professions schools described in subsection (c) of this section, and other public and nonprofit health or educational entities, for the purpose of assisting the schools in supporting programs of excellence in health professions education for under-represented minority individuals.

(b) Required use of funds

The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) of this section unless the designated health professions school involved agrees, subject to subsection (c)(1)(C) of this section, to expend the grant—

(1) to develop a large competitive applicant pool through linkages with institutions of higher education, local school districts, and other community-based entities and establish an education pipeline for health professions careers;

(2) to establish, strengthen, or expand programs to enhance the academic performance of under-represented minority students attending the school;

(3) to improve the capacity of such school to train, recruit, and retain under-represented minority faculty including the payment of such stipends and fellowships as the Secretary may determine appropriate;

(4) to carry out activities to improve the information resources, clinical education, curricula and cultural competence of the graduates of the school, as it relates to minority health issues;

(5) to facilitate faculty and student research on health issues particularly affecting under-represented minority groups, including research on issues relating to the delivery of health care;

(6) to carry out a program to train students of the school in providing health services to a significant number of under-represented minority individuals through training provided to such students at community-based health facilities that—

(A) provide such health services; and

(B) are located at a site remote from the main site of the teaching facilities of the school; and


(7) to provide stipends as the Secretary determines appropriate, in amounts as the Secretary determines appropriate.

(c) Centers of excellence

(1) Designated schools

(A) In general

The designated health professions schools referred to in subsection (a) of this section are such schools that meet each of the conditions specified in subparagraphs (B) and (C), and that—

(i) meet each of the conditions specified in paragraph (2)(A);

(ii) meet each of the conditions specified in paragraph (3);

(iii) meet each of the conditions specified in paragraph (4); or

(iv) meet each of the conditions specified in paragraph (5).

(B) General conditions

The conditions specified in this subparagraph are that a designated health professions school—

(i) has a significant number of under-represented minority individuals enrolled in the school, including individuals accepted for enrollment in the school;

(ii) has been effective in assisting under-represented minority students of the school to complete the program of education and receive the degree involved;

(iii) has been effective in recruiting under-represented minority individuals to enroll in and graduate from the school, including providing scholarships and other financial assistance to such individuals and encouraging under-represented minority students from all levels of the educational pipeline to pursue health professions careers; and

(iv) has made significant recruitment efforts to increase the number of under-represented minority individuals serving in faculty or administrative positions at the school.

(C) Consortium

The condition specified in this subparagraph is that, in accordance with subsection (e)(1) of this section, the designated health profession school involved has with other health profession schools (designated or otherwise) formed a consortium to carry out the purposes described in subsection (b) of this section at the schools of the consortium.

(D) Application of criteria to other programs

In the case of any criteria established by the Secretary for purposes of determining whether schools meet the conditions described in subparagraph (B), this section may not, with respect to racial and ethnic minorities, be construed to authorize, require, or prohibit the use of such criteria in any program other than the program established in this section.

(2) Centers of excellence at certain historically black colleges and universities

(A) Conditions

The conditions specified in this subparagraph are that a designated health professions school—

(i) is a school described in section 295p(1) of this title; and

(ii) received a contract under section 295g–8b of this title for fiscal year 1987, as such section was in effect for such fiscal year.

(B) Use of grant

In addition to the purposes described in subsection (b) of this section, a grant under subsection (a) of this section to a designated health professions school meeting the conditions described in subparagraph (A) may be expended—

(i) to develop a plan to achieve institutional improvements, including financial independence, to enable the school to support programs of excellence in health professions education for under-represented minority individuals; and

(ii) to provide improved access to the library and informational resources of the school.

(C) Exception

The requirements of paragraph (1)(C) shall not apply to a historically black college or university that receives funding under paragraphs 1 (2) or (5).

(3) Hispanic centers of excellence

The conditions specified in this paragraph are that—

(A) with respect to Hispanic individuals, each of clauses (i) through (iv) of paragraph (1)(B) applies to the designated health professions school involved;

(B) the school agrees, as a condition of receiving a grant under subsection (a) of this section, that the school will, in carrying out the duties described in subsection (b) of this section, give priority to carrying out the duties with respect to Hispanic individuals; and

(C) the school agrees, as a condition of receiving a grant under subsection (a) of this section, that—

(i) the school will establish an arrangement with 1 or more public or nonprofit community based Hispanic serving organizations, or public or nonprofit private institutions of higher education, including schools of nursing, whose enrollment of students has traditionally included a significant number of Hispanic individuals, the purposes of which will be to carry out a program—

(I) to identify Hispanic students who are interested in a career in the health profession involved; and

(II) to facilitate the educational preparation of such students to enter the health professions school; and


(ii) the school will make efforts to recruit Hispanic students, including students who have participated in the undergraduate or other matriculation program carried out under arrangements established by the school pursuant to clause (i)(II) and will assist Hispanic students regarding the completion of the educational requirements for a degree from the school.

(4) Native American centers of excellence

Subject to subsection (e) of this section, the conditions specified in this paragraph are that—

(A) with respect to Native Americans, each of clauses (i) through (iv) of paragraph (1)(B) applies to the designated health professions school involved;

(B) the school agrees, as a condition of receiving a grant under subsection (a) of this section, that the school will, in carrying out the duties described in subsection (b) of this section, give priority to carrying out the duties with respect to Native Americans; and

(C) the school agrees, as a condition of receiving a grant under subsection (a) of this section, that—

(i) the school will establish an arrangement with 1 or more public or nonprofit private institutions of higher education, including schools of nursing, whose enrollment of students has traditionally included a significant number of Native Americans, the purpose of which arrangement will be to carry out a program—

(I) to identify Native American students, from the institutions of higher education referred to in clause (i), who are interested in health professions careers; and

(II) to facilitate the educational preparation of such students to enter the designated health professions school; and


(ii) the designated health professions school will make efforts to recruit Native American students, including students who have participated in the undergraduate program carried out under arrangements established by the school pursuant to clause (i) and will assist Native American students regarding the completion of the educational requirements for a degree from the designated health professions school.

(5) Other centers of excellence

The conditions specified in this paragraph are—

(A) with respect to other centers of excellence, the conditions described in clauses (i) through (iv) of paragraph (1)(B); and

(B) that the health professions school involved has an enrollment of under-represented minorities above the national average for such enrollments of health professions schools.

(d) Designation as center of excellence

(1) In general

Any designated health professions school receiving a grant under subsection (a) of this section and meeting the conditions described in paragraph (2) or (5) of subsection (c) of this section shall, for purposes of this section, be designated by the Secretary as a Center of Excellence in Under-Represented Minority Health Professions Education.

(2) Hispanic centers of excellence

Any designated health professions school receiving a grant under subsection (a) of this section and meeting the conditions described in subsection (c)(3) of this section shall, for purposes of this section, be designated by the Secretary as a Hispanic Center of Excellence in Health Professions Education.

(3) Native American centers of excellence

Any designated health professions school receiving a grant under subsection (a) of this section and meeting the conditions described in subsection (c)(4) of this section shall, for purposes of this section, be designated by the Secretary as a Native American Center of Excellence in Health Professions Education. Any consortium receiving such a grant pursuant to subsection (e) of this section shall, for purposes of this section, be so designated.

(e) Authority regarding Native American centers of excellence

With respect to meeting the conditions specified in subsection (c)(4) of this section, the Secretary may make a grant under subsection (a) of this section to a designated health professions school that does not meet such conditions if—

(1) the school has formed a consortium in accordance with subsection (d)(1) of this section; and

(2) the schools of the consortium collectively meet such conditions, without regard to whether the schools individually meet such conditions.

(f) Duration of grant

The period during which payments are made under a grant under subsection (a) of this section may not exceed 5 years. Such payments shall be subject to annual approval by the Secretary and to the availability of appropriations for the fiscal year involved to make the payments.

(g) Definitions

In this section:

(1) Designated health professions school

(A) In general

The term "health professions school" means, except as provided in subparagraph (B), a school of medicine, a school of osteopathic medicine, a school of dentistry, a school of pharmacy, or a graduate program in behavioral or mental health.

(B) Exception

The definition established in subparagraph (A) shall not apply to the use of the term "designated health professions school" for purposes of subsection (c)(2) of this section.

(2) Program of excellence

The term "program of excellence" means any program carried out by a designated health professions school with a grant made under subsection (a) of this section, if the program is for purposes for which the school involved is authorized in subsection (b) or (c) of this section to expend the grant.

(3) Native Americans

The term "Native Americans" means American Indians, Alaskan Natives, Aleuts, and Native Hawaiians.

(h) Funding

(1) Authorization of appropriations

For the purpose of making grants under subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $26,000,000 for fiscal year 1998, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1999 through 2002.

(2) Allocations

Based on the amount appropriated under paragraph (1) for a fiscal year, one of the following subparagraphs shall apply:

(A) In general

If the amounts appropriated under paragraph (1) for a fiscal year are $24,000,000 or less—

(i) the Secretary shall make available $12,000,000 for grants under subsection (a) of this section to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in subsection (c)(2)(A) of this section; and

(ii) and available after grants are made with funds under clause (i), the Secretary shall make available—

(I) 60 percent of such amount for grants under subsection (a) of this section to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in paragraph (3) or (4) of subsection (c) of this section (including meeting the conditions under subsection (e) of this section); and

(II) 40 percent of such amount for grants under subsection (a) of this section to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in subsection (c)(5) of this section.

(B) Funding in excess of $24,000,000

If amounts appropriated under paragraph (1) for a fiscal year exceed $24,000,000 but are less than $30,000,000—

(i) 80 percent of such excess amounts shall be made available for grants under subsection (a) of this section to health professions schools that meet the requirements described in paragraph (3) or (4) of subsection (c) of this section (including meeting conditions pursuant to subsection (e) of this section); and

(ii) 20 percent of such excess amount shall be made available for grants under subsection (a) of this section to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in subsection (c)(5) of this section.

(C) Funding in excess of $30,000,000

If amounts appropriated under paragraph (1) for a fiscal year are $30,000,000 or more, the Secretary shall make available—

(i) not less than $12,000,000 for grants under subsection (a) of this section to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in subsection (c)(2)(A) of this section;

(ii) not less than $12,000,000 for grants under subsection (a) of this section to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in paragraph (3) or (4) of subsection (c) of this section (including meeting conditions pursuant to subsection (e) of this section);

(iii) not less than $6,000,000 for grants under subsection (a) of this section to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in subsection (c)(5) of this section; and

(iv) after grants are made with funds under clauses (i) through (iii), any remaining funds for grants under subsection (a) of this section to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in paragraph (2)(A), (3), (4), or (5) of subsection (c) of this section.

(3) No limitation

Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as limiting the centers of excellence referred to in this section to the designated amount, or to preclude such entities from competing for other grants under this section.

(4) Maintenance of effort

(A) In general

With respect to activities for which a grant made under this part are authorized to be expended, the Secretary may not make such a grant to a center of excellence for any fiscal year unless the center agrees to maintain expenditures of non-Federal amounts for such activities at a level that is not less than the level of such expenditures maintained by the center for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the school receives such a grant.

(B) Use of Federal funds

With respect to any Federal amounts received by a center of excellence and available for carrying out activities for which a grant under this part is authorized to be expended, the Secretary may not make such a grant to the center for any fiscal year unless the center agrees that the center will, before expending the grant, expend the Federal amounts obtained from sources other than the grant.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §736, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §101(a), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3525.)

References in Text

Section 295g–8b of this title, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(A)(ii), was omitted in the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 1994.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 293, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §736, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2022, authorized grants to schools of medicine, osteopathic medicine, and dentistry for need-based scholarships, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 105–392.

Another prior section 293, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §720, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 164; amended Sept. 4, 1964, Pub. L. 88–581, §3(a), 78 Stat. 919; Oct. 22, 1965, Pub. L. 89–290, §3(a), 79 Stat. 1056; Nov. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–709, §2(a), 80 Stat. 1103; Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §101(a), (b)(1), 82 Stat. 773; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §102(a), 85 Stat. 431; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(c), title III, §302, 90 Stat. 2244, 2253; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2723(a), (b), 95 Stat. 915, authorized grants for construction of teaching facilities for medical, dental, and other health personnel, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

A prior section 736 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294i of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Savings Provision

Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §110, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3562, provided that: "In the case of any authority for making awards of grants or contracts that is terminated by the amendments made by this subtitle [subtitle A (§§101–110) of title I of Pub. L. 105–392, see Tables for classification], the Secretary of Health and Human Services may, notwithstanding the termination of the authority, continue in effect any grant or contract made under the authority that is in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 13, 1998], subject to the duration of any such grant or contract not exceeding the period determined by the Secretary in first approving such financial assistance, or in approving the most recent request made (before the date of such enactment) for continuation of such assistance, as the case may be."

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in section 293a of this title.

1 So in original. Probably should be "paragraph".

§293a. Scholarships for disadvantaged students

(a) In general

The Secretary may make a grant to an eligible entity (as defined in subsection (d)(1) of this section) under this section for the awarding of scholarships by schools to any full-time student who is an eligible individual as defined in subsection (d) of this section. Such scholarships may be expended only for tuition expenses, other reasonable educational expenses, and reasonable living expenses incurred in the attendance of such school.

(b) Preference in providing scholarships

The Secretary may not make a grant to an entity under subsection (a) of this section unless the health professions and nursing schools involved agree that, in providing scholarships pursuant to the grant, the schools will give preference to students for whom the costs of attending the schools would constitute a severe financial hardship and, notwithstanding other provisions of this section, to former recipients of scholarships under sections 293 and 293d(d)(2)(B) of this title (as such sections existed on the day before November 13, 1998).

(c) Amount of award

In awarding grants to eligible entities that are health professions and nursing schools, the Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities based on the proportion of graduating students going into primary care, the proportion of underrepresented minority students, and the proportion of graduates working in medically underserved communities.

(d) Definitions

In this section:

(1) Eligible entities

The term "eligible entities" means an entity that—

(A) is a school of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, nursing (as defined in section 296 of this title), pharmacy, podiatric medicine, optometry, veterinary medicine, public health, chiropractic, or allied health, a school offering a graduate program in behavioral and mental health practice, or an entity providing programs for the training of physician assistants; and

(B) is carrying out a program for recruiting and retaining students from disadvantaged backgrounds, including students who are members of racial and ethnic minority groups.

(2) Eligible individual

The term "eligible individual" means an individual who—

(A) is from a disadvantaged background;

(B) has a financial need for a scholarship; and

(C) is enrolled (or accepted for enrollment) at an eligible health professions or nursing school as a full-time student in a program leading to a degree in a health profession or nursing.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §737, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §101(a), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3531.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 293a, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §737, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2023, authorized grants to health professions schools for provision of scholarships and undergraduate assistance, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 105–392.

Another prior section 293a, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §721, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 165; amended Sept. 4, 1964, Pub. L. 88–581, §3(b), 78 Stat. 919; Oct. 22, 1965, Pub. L. 89–290, §§3(b), (c), 5(a), 79 Stat. 1056–1058; Nov. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–709, §2(b), 80 Stat. 1103; Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §§103(a)(3), 105(a), (b), 82 Stat. 774; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §§102(e), (f)(1), (2)(A), (g), (h), (j)(2), (3), (7)(A), 108(b)(1), 85 Stat. 434–437, 461; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title III, §§301, 303, 308(a), 90 Stat. 2253, 2254, 2256; Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(b), 91 Stat. 389; Oct. 17, 1979, Pub. L. 96–88, title III, §301(a)(1), title V, §507, 93 Stat. 677, 692; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §§2723(c), (d), 2724(a), 95 Stat. 916; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §§628(4), 629(b)(2), 102 Stat. 3145, 3146; Aug. 16, 1989, Pub. L. 101–93, §5(o)(1), 103 Stat. 614, related to applications and eligibility for grants for construction of teaching facilities for medical, dental, and other health personnel, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

A prior section 737 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294j of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in section 293d of this title.

§293b. Loan repayments and fellowships regarding faculty positions

(a) Loan repayments

(1) Establishment of program

The Secretary shall establish a program of entering into contracts with individuals described in paragraph (2) under which the individuals agree to serve as members of the faculties of schools described in paragraph (3) in consideration of the Federal Government agreeing to pay, for each year of such service, not more than $20,000 of the principal and interest of the educational loans of such individuals.

(2) Eligible individuals

The individuals referred to in paragraph (1) are individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds who—

(A) have a degree in medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, nursing, or another health profession;

(B) are enrolled in an approved graduate training program in medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, nursing, or other health profession; or

(C) are enrolled as full-time students—

(i) in an accredited (as determined by the Secretary) school described in paragraph (3); and

(ii) in the final year of a course of a study or program, offered by such institution and approved by the Secretary, leading to a degree from such a school.

(3) Eligible health professions schools

The schools described in this paragraph are schools of medicine, nursing (as schools of nursing are defined in section 296 of this title), osteopathic medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, allied health, podiatric medicine, optometry, veterinary medicine, or public health, or schools offering graduate programs in behavioral and mental health.

(4) Requirements regarding faculty positions

The Secretary may not enter into a contract under paragraph (1) unless—

(A) the individual involved has entered into a contract with a school described in paragraph (3) to serve as a member of the faculty of the school for not less than 2 years; and

(B) the contract referred to in subparagraph (A) provides that—

(i) the school will, for each year for which the individual will serve as a member of the faculty under the contract with the school, make payments of the principal and interest due on the educational loans of the individual for such year in an amount equal to the amount of such payments made by the Secretary for the year;

(ii) the payments made by the school pursuant to clause (i) on behalf of the individual will be in addition to the pay that the individual would otherwise receive for serving as a member of such faculty; and

(iii) the school, in making a determination of the amount of compensation to be provided by the school to the individual for serving as a member of the faculty, will make the determination without regard to the amount of payments made (or to be made) to the individual by the Federal Government under paragraph (1).

(5) Applicability of certain provisions

The provisions of sections 254m, 254p, and 254q–1 of this title shall apply to the program established in paragraph (1) to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the National Health Service Corps Loan Repayment Program established in subpart III of part D of subchapter II of this chapter, including the applicability of provisions regarding reimbursements for increased tax liability and regarding bankruptcy.

(6) Waiver regarding school contributions

The Secretary may waive the requirement established in paragraph (4)(B) if the Secretary determines that the requirement will impose an undue financial hardship on the school involved.

(b) Fellowships

(1) In general

The Secretary may make grants to and enter into contracts with eligible entities to assist such entities in increasing the number of underrepresented minority individuals who are members of the faculty of such schools.

(2) Applications

To be eligible to receive a grant or contract under this subsection, an entity shall provide an assurance, in the application submitted by the entity, that—

(A) amounts received under such a grant or contract will be used to award a fellowship to an individual only if the individual meets the requirements of paragraphs (3) and (4); and

(B) each fellowship awarded pursuant to the grant or contract will include—

(i) a stipend in an amount not exceeding 50 percent of the regular salary of a similar faculty member for not to exceed 3 years of training; and

(ii) an allowance for other expenses, such as travel to professional meetings and costs related to specialized training.

(3) Eligibility

To be eligible to receive a grant or contract under paragraph (1), an applicant shall demonstrate to the Secretary that such applicant has or will have the ability to—

(A) identify, recruit and select underrepresented minority individuals who have the potential for teaching, administration, or conducting research at a health professions institution;

(B) provide such individuals with the skills necessary to enable them to secure a tenured faculty position at such institution, which may include training with respect to pedagogical skills, program administration, the design and conduct of research, grants writing, and the preparation of articles suitable for publication in peer reviewed journals;

(C) provide services designed to assist such individuals in their preparation for an academic career, including the provision of counselors; and

(D) provide health services to rural or medically underserved populations.

(4) Requirements

To be eligible to receive a grant or contract under paragraph (1) an applicant shall—

(A) provide an assurance that such applicant will make available (directly through cash donations) $1 for every $1 of Federal funds received under this section for the fellowship;

(B) provide an assurance that institutional support will be provided for the individual for the second and third years at a level that is equal to the total amount of institutional funds provided in the year in which the grant or contract was awarded;

(C) provide an assurance that the individual that will receive the fellowship will be a member of the faculty of the applicant school; and

(D) provide an assurance that the individual that will receive the fellowship will have, at a minimum, appropriate advanced preparation (such as a master's or doctoral degree) and special skills necessary to enable such individual to teach and practice.

(5) Definition

For purposes of this subsection, the term "underrepresented minority individuals" means individuals who are members of racial or ethnic minority groups that are underrepresented in the health professions including nursing.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §738, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §101(a), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3532.)

References in Text

Subpart III of part D of subchapter II of this chapter, referred to in subsec. (a)(5), is classified to section 254l et seq. of this title.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 293b, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §738, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2025, related to loan repayments and fellowships regarding faculty positions, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 105–392.

Another prior section 293b, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §722, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 168; amended Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §§102(a), 104(a), 82 Stat. 773, 774; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §102(b), (j)(4), (7), 85 Stat. 431, 436, 437; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title III, §304, 90 Stat. 2255; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2723(e), 95 Stat. 916, related to amounts of grants and grants for multipurpose facilities, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

A prior section 738 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294k of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in section 293d of this title.

§293c. Educational assistance in the health professions regarding individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds

(a) In general

(1) Authority for grants

For the purpose of assisting individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds, as determined in accordance with criteria prescribed by the Secretary, to undertake education to enter a health profession, the Secretary may make grants to and enter into contracts with schools of medicine, osteopathic medicine, public health, dentistry, veterinary medicine, optometry, pharmacy, allied health, chiropractic, and podiatric medicine, public and nonprofit private schools that offer graduate programs in behavioral and mental health, programs for the training of physician assistants, and other public or private nonprofit health or educational entities to assist in meeting the costs described in paragraph (2).

(2) Authorized expenditures

A grant or contract under paragraph (1) may be used by the entity to meet the cost of—

(A) identifying, recruiting, and selecting individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds, as so determined, for education and training in a health profession;

(B) facilitating the entry of such individuals into such a school;

(C) providing counseling, mentoring, or other services designed to assist such individuals to complete successfully their education at such a school;

(D) providing, for a period prior to the entry of such individuals into the regular course of education of such a school, preliminary education and health research training designed to assist them to complete successfully such regular course of education at such a school, or referring such individuals to institutions providing such preliminary education;

(E) publicizing existing sources of financial aid available to students in the education program of such a school or who are undertaking training necessary to qualify them to enroll in such a program;

(F) paying such scholarships as the Secretary may determine for such individuals for any period of health professions education at a health professions school;

(G) paying such stipends as the Secretary may approve for such individuals for any period of education in student-enhancement programs (other than regular courses), except that such a stipend may not be provided to an individual for more than 12 months, and such a stipend shall be in an amount determined appropriate by the Secretary (notwithstanding any other provision of law regarding the amount of stipends);

(H) carrying out programs under which such individuals gain experience regarding a career in a field of primary health care through working at facilities of public or private nonprofit community-based providers of primary health services; and

(I) conducting activities to develop a larger and more competitive applicant pool through partnerships with institutions of higher education, school districts, and other community-based entities.

(3) Definition

In this section, the term "regular course of education of such a school" as used in subparagraph (D) includes a graduate program in behavioral or mental health.

(b) Requirements for awards

In making awards to eligible entities under subsection (a)(1) of this section, the Secretary shall give preference to approved applications for programs that involve a comprehensive approach by several public or nonprofit private health or educational entities to establish, enhance and expand educational programs that will result in the development of a competitive applicant pool of individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds who desire to pursue health professions careers. In considering awards for such a comprehensive partnership approach, the following shall apply with respect to the entity involved:

(1) The entity shall have a demonstrated commitment to such approach through formal agreements that have common objectives with institutions of higher education, school districts, and other community-based entities.

(2) Such formal agreements shall reflect the coordination of educational activities and support services, increased linkages, and the consolidation of resources within a specific geographic area.

(3) The design of the educational activities involved shall provide for the establishment of a competitive health professions applicant pool of individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds by enhancing the total preparation (academic and social) of such individuals to pursue a health professions career.

(4) The programs or activities under the award shall focus on developing a culturally competent health care workforce that will serve the unserved and underserved populations within the geographic area.

(c) Equitable allocation of financial assistance

The Secretary, to the extent practicable, shall ensure that services and activities under subsection (a) of this section are adequately allocated among the various racial and ethnic populations who are from disadvantaged backgrounds.

(d) Matching requirements

The Secretary may require that an entity that applies for a grant or contract under subsection (a) of this section, provide non-Federal matching funds, as appropriate, to ensure the institutional commitment of the entity to the projects funded under the grant or contract. As determined by the Secretary, such non-Federal matching funds may be provided directly or through donations from public or private entities and may be in cash or in-kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §739, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §101(a), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3534.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 293c, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §739, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2027, related to centers of excellence in health professions education for minority individuals, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 105–392. See section 293 of this title.

Another prior section 293c, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §723, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 168; amended Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §103(a)(1), (2), 82 Stat. 773; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157,title I, §102(c)(5), (f)(2)(C), (j)(1), (5), 85 Stat. 432, 435–437; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title III, §305, 90 Stat. 2255; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2723(f), 95 Stat. 916; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §207(a), 99 Stat. 527, related to recovery by United States of grant moneys where facility was no longer owned by a public or nonprofit agency or where it ceased to be used for teaching or training purposes, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

A prior section 739 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294l of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in section 293d of this title.

§293d. Authorization of appropriation

(a) Scholarships

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out section 293a of this title, $37,000,000 for fiscal year 1998, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1999 through 2002. Of the amount appropriated in any fiscal year, the Secretary shall ensure that not less than 16 percent shall be distributed to schools of nursing.

(b) Loan repayments and fellowships

For the purpose of carrying out section 293b of this title, there is authorized to be appropriated $1,100,000 for fiscal year 1998, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1999 through 2002.

(c) Educational assistance in health professions regarding individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds

For the purpose of grants and contracts under section 293c(a)(1) of this title, there is authorized to be appropriated $29,400,000 for fiscal year 1998, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1999 through 2002. The Secretary may use not to exceed 20 percent of the amount appropriated for a fiscal year under this subsection to provide scholarships under section 293c(a)(2)(F) of this title.

(d) Report

Not later than 6 months after November 13, 1998, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report concerning the efforts of the Secretary to address the need for a representative mix of individuals from historically minority health professions schools, or from institutions or other entities that historically or by geographic location have a demonstrated record of training or educating underrepresented minorities, within various health professions disciplines, on peer review councils.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §740, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §101(a), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3536.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 293d, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §740, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2032, related to educational assistance regarding undergraduates, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 105–392.

Another prior section 293d, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §724, formerly §727, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 170; amended Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §102(j)(7)(B), 85 Stat. 437; renumbered §724 and amended Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title III, §308(c), (d), 90 Stat. 2257, related to promulgation of regulations by Secretary, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 293d, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §701, formerly §724, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 169; amended Oct. 22, 1965, Pub. L. 89–290, §2(b), 79 Stat. 1056; Nov. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–709, §2(c), 80 Stat. 1103; Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §105(c), 82 Stat. 774; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §102(c)(1)–(4), (f)(2)(B), 85 Stat. 431, 432, 435, which related to definitions, was renumbered §701 of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 94–484 and transferred to section 292a of this title.

A prior section 740 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294m of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Sections 293e and 293f were omitted in the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 1994.

Section 293e, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §725, formerly §728, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 170; amended Sept. 4, 1964, Pub. L. 88–581, §3(d), 78 Stat. 919; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §102(i), 85 Stat. 436; renumbered §725, Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title III, §308(d), 90 Stat. 2257, related to technical assistance to applicants for grants for construction of teaching facilities for medical, dental, and other health personnel, and to States or interstate planning agencies to plan programs for relieving shortages of training of health personnel.

A prior section 293e, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §702, formerly §725, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 169; amended Sept. 4, 1964, Pub. L. 88–581, §3(c), 78 Stat. 919; Nov. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–709, §2(d), 80 Stat. 1103; Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89–751, §3(a), 80 Stat. 1230; Dec. 5, 1967, Pub. L. 90–174, §12(c), 81 Stat. 541; Oct. 30, 1970, Pub. L. 91–515, title VI, §601(b)(2), 84 Stat. 1311; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §108(a), 85 Stat. 460, was renumbered §702 of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 94–484 and transferred to section 292b of this title.

Section 293f, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §726, formerly §729, as added Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §102(d), 85 Stat. 432; renumbered §726 and amended Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(d), title III, §§306, 308(d), 90 Stat. 2244, 2256, 2257; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2725, 95 Stat. 916, related to loan guarantees and interest subsidies.

A prior section 293f, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §726, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 170, provided for noninterference with administration of institutions, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title III, §308(b), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2257.

Section 293g, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §727, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 170; amended Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §102(j)(7)(B), 85 Stat. 437, which related to regulations, was renumbered section 724 of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 94–484 and transferred to section 293d of this title.

Section 293h, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §728, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 170; amended Sept. 4, 1964, Pub. L. 88–581, §3(d), 78 Stat. 919; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §102(i), 85 Stat. 436, which related to technical assistance, was renumbered section 726 of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 94–484 and transferred to section 293e of this title.

Section 293i, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §729, as added Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §102(d), 85 Stat. 432, which related to loan guarantees and interest subsidies, was renumbered section 725 of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 94–484 and transferred to section 293f of this title.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in section 293a of this title.

Part C—Training in Family Medicine, General Internal Medicine, General Pediatrics, Physician Assistants, General Dentistry, and Pediatric Dentistry

§293j. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §102(2), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3537

Section, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §746, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2034; amended Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §313(a)(2), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3507; Pub. L. 103–43, title XX, §2008(i)(3), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 213, related to area health education center programs.

A prior section 746 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294q–2 of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

§293k. Family medicine, general internal medicine, general pediatrics, general dentistry, pediatric dentistry, and physician assistants

(a) Training generally

The Secretary may make grants to, or enter into contracts with, any public or nonprofit private hospital, school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, or to or with a public or private nonprofit entity (which the Secretary has determined is capable of carrying out such grant or contract)—

(1) to plan, develop, and operate, or participate in, an approved professional training program (including an approved residency or internship program) in the field of family medicine, internal medicine, or pediatrics for medical (M.D. and D.O.) students, interns (including interns in internships in osteopathic medicine), residents, or practicing physicians that emphasizes training for the practice of family medicine, general internal medicine, or general pediatrics (as defined by the Secretary);

(2) to provide financial assistance (in the form of traineeships and fellowships) to medical (M.D. and D.O.) students, interns (including interns in internships in osteopathic medicine), residents, practicing physicians, or other medical personnel, who are in need thereof, who are participants in any such program, and who plan to specialize or work in the practice of family medicine, general internal medicine, or general pediatrics;

(3) to plan, develop, and operate a program for the training of physicians who plan to teach in family medicine (including geriatrics), general internal medicine or general pediatrics training programs;

(4) to provide financial assistance (in the form of traineeships and fellowships) to physicians who are participants in any such program and who plan to teach in a family medicine (including geriatrics), general internal medicine or general pediatrics training program;

(5) to meet the costs of projects to plan, develop, and operate or maintain programs for the training of physician assistants (as defined in section 295p of this title), and for the training of individuals who will teach in programs to provide such training; and

(6) to meet the costs of planning, developing, or operating programs, and to provide financial assistance to residents in such programs, of general dentistry or pediatric dentistry.


For purposes of paragraph (6), entities eligible for such grants or contracts shall include entities that have programs in dental schools, approved residency programs in the general or pediatric practice of dentistry, approved advanced education programs in the general or pediatric practice of dentistry, or approved residency programs in pediatric dentistry.

(b) Academic administrative units

(1) In general

The Secretary may make grants to or enter into contracts with schools of medicine or osteopathic medicine to meet the costs of projects to establish, maintain, or improve academic administrative units (which may be departments, divisions, or other units) to provide clinical instruction in family medicine, general internal medicine, or general pediatrics.

(2) Preference in making awards

In making awards of grants and contracts under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall give preference to any qualified applicant for such an award that agrees to expend the award for the purpose of—

(A) establishing an academic administrative unit for programs in family medicine, general internal medicine, or general pediatrics; 1

(B) substantially expanding the programs of such a unit; or 1

(3) Priority in making awards

In making awards of grants and contracts under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall give priority to any qualified applicant for such an award that proposes a collaborative project between departments of primary care.

(c) Priority

(1) In general

With respect to programs for the training of interns or residents, the Secretary shall give priority in awarding grants under this section to qualified applicants that have a record of training the greatest percentage of providers, or that have demonstrated significant improvements in the percentage of providers, which enter and remain in primary care practice or general or pediatric dentistry.

(2) Disadvantaged individuals

With respect to programs for the training of interns, residents, or physician assistants, the Secretary shall give priority in awarding grants under this section to qualified applicants that have a record of training individuals who are from disadvantaged backgrounds (including racial and ethnic minorities underrepresented among primary care practice or general or pediatric dentistry).

(3) Special consideration

In awarding grants under this section the Secretary shall give special consideration to projects which prepare practitioners to care for underserved populations and other high risk groups such as the elderly, individuals with HIV-AIDS, substance abusers, homeless, and victims of domestic violence.

(d) Duration of award

The period during which payments are made to an entity from an award of a grant or contract under subsection (a) of this section may not exceed 5 years. The provision of such payments shall be subject to annual approval by the Secretary of the payments and subject to the availability of appropriations for the fiscal year involved to make the payments.

(e) Funding

(1) Authorization of appropriations

For the purpose of carrying out this section, there is authorized to be appropriated $78,300,000 for fiscal year 1998, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1999 through 2002.

(2) Allocation

(A) In general

Of the amounts appropriated under paragraph (1) for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall make available—

(i) not less than $49,300,000 for awards of grants and contracts under subsection (a) of this section to programs of family medicine, of which not less than $8,600,000 shall be made available for awards of grants and contracts under subsection (b) of this section for family medicine academic administrative units;

(ii) not less than $17,700,000 for awards of grants and contracts under subsection (a) of this section to programs of general internal medicine and general pediatrics;

(iii) not less than $6,800,000 for awards of grants and contracts under subsection (a) of this section to programs relating to physician assistants; and

(iv) not less than $4,500,000 for awards of grants and contracts under subsection (a) of this section to programs of general or pediatric dentistry.

(B) Ratable reduction

If amounts appropriated under paragraph (1) for any fiscal year are less than the amount required to comply with subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall ratably reduce the amount to be made available under each of clauses (i) through (iv) of such subparagraph accordingly.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §747, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2042; amended Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §102(3), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3537.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 747 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294q–3 of this title prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Amendments

1998Pub. L. 105–392, §102(3)(A), substituted "Family medicine, general internal medicine, general pediatrics, general dentistry, pediatric dentistry, and physician assistants" for "Family medicine" in section catchline.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–392, §102(3)(B)(iv), (v), (vii), added pars. (5) and (6) and concluding provisions.

Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–392, §102(3)(B)(i), inserted ", internal medicine, or pediatrics" after "family medicine" and inserted before semicolon at end "that emphasizes training for the practice of family medicine, general internal medicine, or general pediatrics (as defined by the Secretary)".

Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 105–392, §102(3)(B)(ii), inserted ", general internal medicine, or general pediatrics" before semicolon at end.

Subsec. (a)(3), (4). Pub. L. 105–392, §102(3)(B)(iii), inserted "(including geriatrics), general internal medicine or general pediatrics" after "family medicine".

Subsec. (b)(1), (2)(A). Pub. L. 105–392, §102(3)(C)(i), inserted ", general internal medicine, or general pediatrics" after "family medicine".

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 105–392, §102(3)(C)(ii), (iii), added par. (3).

Subsecs. (c) to (e). Pub. L. 105–392, §102(3)(D), (E), added subsec. (c) and redesignated former subsecs. (c) and (d) as (d) and (e), respectively.

Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 105–392, §102(3)(F)(i), substituted "$78,300,000 for fiscal year 1998, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1999 through 2002." for "$54,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1993 through 1995."

Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 105–392, §102(3)(F)(ii), added par. (2) and struck out heading and text of former par. (2). Text read as follows: "Of the amounts appropriated under paragraph (1) for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall make available not less than 20 percent for awards of grants and contracts under subsection (b) of this section."

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in sections 288, 293l, 295j of this title.

1 So in original.

§293l. Advisory Committee on Training in Primary Care Medicine and Dentistry

(a) Establishment

The Secretary shall establish an advisory committee to be known as the Advisory Committee on Training in Primary Care Medicine and Dentistry (in this section referred to as the "Advisory Committee").

(b) Composition

(1) In general

The Secretary shall determine the appropriate number of individuals to serve on the Advisory Committee. Such individuals shall not be officers or employees of the Federal Government.

(2) Appointment

Not later than 90 days after November 13, 1998, the Secretary shall appoint the members of the Advisory Committee from among individuals who are health professionals. In making such appointments, the Secretary shall ensure a fair balance between the health professions, that at least 75 percent of the members of the Advisory Committee are health professionals, a broad geographic representation of members and a balance between urban and rural members. Members shall be appointed based on their competence, interest, and knowledge of the mission of the profession involved.

(3) Minority representation

In appointing the members of the Advisory Committee under paragraph (2), the Secretary shall ensure the adequate representation of women and minorities.

(c) Terms

(1) In general

A member of the Advisory Committee shall be appointed for a term of 3 years, except that of the members first appointed—

(A) 1/3 of such members shall serve for a term of 1 year;

(B) 1/3 of such members shall serve for a term of 2 years; and

(C) 1/3 of such members shall serve for a term of 3 years.

(2) Vacancies

(A) In general

A vacancy on the Advisory Committee shall be filled in the manner in which the original appointment was made and shall be subject to any conditions which applied with respect to the original appointment.

(B) Filling unexpired term

An individual chosen to fill a vacancy shall be appointed for the unexpired term of the member replaced.

(d) Duties

The Advisory Committee shall—

(1) provide advice and recommendations to the Secretary concerning policy and program development and other matters of significance concerning the activities under section 293k of this title; and

(2) not later than 3 years after November 13, 1998, and annually thereafter, prepare and submit to the Secretary, and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate, and the Committee on Commerce of the House of Representatives, a report describing the activities of the Committee, including findings and recommendations made by the Committee concerning the activities under section 293k of this title.

(e) Meetings and documents

(1) Meetings

The Advisory Committee shall meet not less than 2 times each year. Such meetings shall be held jointly with other related entities established under this subchapter where appropriate.

(2) Documents

Not later than 14 days prior to the convening of a meeting under paragraph (1), the Advisory Committee shall prepare and make available an agenda of the matters to be considered by the Advisory Committee at such meeting. At any such meeting, the Advisory Council 1 shall distribute materials with respect to the issues to be addressed at the meeting. Not later than 30 days after the adjourning of such a meeting, the Advisory Committee shall prepare and make available a summary of the meeting and any actions taken by the Committee based upon the meeting.

(f) Compensation and expenses

(1) Compensation

Each member of the Advisory Committee shall be compensated at a rate equal to the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay prescribed for level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 5315 of title 5 for each day (including travel time) during which such member is engaged in the performance of the duties of the Committee.

(2) Expenses

The members of the Advisory Committee shall be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, at rates authorized for employees of agencies under subchapter I of chapter 57 of title 5 while away from their homes or regular places of business in the performance of services for the Committee.

(g) FACA

The Federal Advisory Committee Act shall apply to the Advisory Committee under this section only to the extent that the provisions of such Act do not conflict with the requirements of this section.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §748, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §102(4), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3539.)

References in Text

The Federal Advisory Committee Act, referred to in subsec. (g), is Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 770, as amended, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.

Codification

November 13, 1998, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), was in the original "the date of enactment of this Act", which was translated as meaning the date of enactment of Pub. L. 105–392, which enacted this section, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 293l, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §748, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2043; amended Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §313(a)(3), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3507, authorized grants and contracts for development of general internal medicine and general pediatrics training programs, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §102(4), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3539.

A prior section 748 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294r of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 97–35.

Termination of Advisory Committees

Pub. L. 93–641, §6, Jan. 4, 1975, 88 Stat. 2275, set out as a note under section 217a of this title, provided that an advisory committee established pursuant to the Public Health Service Act shall terminate at such time as may be specifically prescribed by an Act of Congress enacted after Jan. 4, 1975.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in section 288 of this title.

1 So in original. Probably should be "Committee".

§§293m to 293p. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §102(4), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3539

Section 293m, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §749, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2043, authorized grants and contracts for development of programs in general practice of dentistry.

A prior section 749 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294s of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 97–35.

Section 293n, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §750, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2044, authorized grants and contracts for development of training programs for physician assistants.

Section 293o, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §751, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2044, authorized grants and contracts for implementation of training projects for podiatric physicians.

Section 293p, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §752, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2045, set forth general provisions relating to traineeships and fellowships.

Part D—Interdisciplinary, Community-Based Linkages

Part Referred to in Other Sections

This part is referred to in section 295o–1 of this title.

§294. General provisions

(a) Collaboration

To be eligible to receive assistance under this part, an academic institution shall use such assistance in collaboration with 2 or more disciplines.

(b) Activities

An entity shall use assistance under this part to carry out innovative demonstration projects for strategic workforce supplementation activities as needed to meet national goals for interdisciplinary, community-based linkages. Such assistance may be used consistent with this part—

(1) to develop and support training programs;

(2) for faculty development;

(3) for model demonstration programs;

(4) for the provision of stipends for fellowship trainees;

(5) to provide technical assistance; and

(6) for other activities that will produce outcomes consistent with the purposes of this part.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §750, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §103, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3541.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 294, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §761, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2045; amended Pub. L. 103–43, title XX, §2014(e), June 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 217, authorized grants for traineeships in health professions fields experiencing severe shortages of health professionals, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 105–392.

Another prior section 294, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §727, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §401(b)(3), 90 Stat. 2257; amended Dec. 19, 1977, Pub. L. 95–215, §4(e)(1), 91 Stat. 1506, stated purpose of and authorized appropriations for Federal program of student loan insurance, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408. See sections 292 and 292p of this title.

Another prior section 294, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §740, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 170; amended Oct. 13, 1964, Pub. L. 88–654, §1(a), (b), 78 Stat. 1086; Oct. 22, 1965, Pub. L. 89–290, §§2(b), 4(a), (f)(1), (2), 79 Stat. 1056 to 1058; Nov. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–709, §3(a), (b), 80 Stat. 1103; Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89–751, §5(c)(1), 80 Stat. 1232; Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I §121(a)(1), (2), (5)(B), 82 Stat. 777, 778; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §105(e)(1), (4), (f)(2), 85 Stat. 451; Aug. 23, 1974, Pub. L. 93–385, §2(b), 88 Stat. 741; Apr. 22, 1976, Pub. L. 94–278, title XI, 1105(b), 90 Stat. 416; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §402, 90 Stat. 2266, which related to loan agreements for the establishment of student loan funds, was transferred to section 294m of this title.

A prior section 750 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 293n of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–392.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in section 295j of this title.

§294a. Area health education centers

(a) Authority for provision of financial assistance

(1) Assistance for planning, development, and operation of programs

(A) In general

The Secretary shall award grants to and enter into contracts with schools of medicine and osteopathic medicine, and incorporated consortia made up of such schools, or the parent institutions of such schools, for projects for the planning, development and operation of area health education center programs that—

(i) improve the recruitment, distribution, supply, quality and efficiency of personnel providing health services in underserved rural and urban areas and personnel providing health services to populations having demonstrated serious unmet health care needs;

(ii) increase the number of primary care physicians and other primary care providers who provide services in underserved areas through the offering of an educational continuum of health career recruitment through clinical education concerning underserved areas in a comprehensive health workforce strategy;

(iii) carry out recruitment and health career awareness programs to recruit individuals from underserved areas and under-represented populations, including minority and other elementary or secondary students, into the health professions;

(iv) prepare individuals to more effectively provide health services to underserved areas or underserved populations through field placements, preceptorships, the conduct of or support of community-based primary care residency programs, and agreements with community-based organizations such as community health centers, migrant health centers, Indian health centers, public health departments and others;

(v) conduct health professions education and training activities for students of health professions schools and medical residents;

(vi) conduct at least 10 percent of medical student required clinical education at sites remote to the primary teaching facility of the contracting institution; and

(vii) provide information dissemination and educational support to reduce professional isolation, increase retention, enhance the practice environment, and improve health care through the timely dissemination of research findings using relevant resources.

(B) Other eligible entities

With respect to a State in which no area health education center program is in operation, the Secretary may award a grant or contract under subparagraph (A) to a school of nursing.

(C) Project terms

(i) In general

Except as provided in clause (ii), the period during which payments may be made under an award under subparagraph (A) may not exceed—

(I) in the case of a project, 12 years or

(II) in the case of a center within a project, 6 years.

(ii) Exception

The periods described in clause (i) shall not apply to projects that have completed the initial period of Federal funding under this section and that desire to compete for model awards under paragraph (2)(A).

(2) Assistance for operation of model programs

(A) In general

In the case of any entity described in paragraph (1)(A) that—

(i) has previously received funds under this section;

(ii) is operating an area health education center program; and

(iii) is no longer receiving financial assistance under paragraph (1);


the Secretary may provide financial assistance to such entity to pay the costs of operating and carrying out the requirements of the program as described in paragraph (1).

(B) Matching requirement

With respect to the costs of operating a model program under subparagraph (A), an entity, to be eligible for financial assistance under subparagraph (A), shall make available (directly or through contributions from State, county or municipal governments, or the private sector) recurring non-Federal contributions in cash toward such costs in an amount that is equal to not less than 50 percent of such costs.

(C) Limitation

The aggregate amount of awards provided under subparagraph (A) to entities in a State for a fiscal year may not exceed the lesser of—

(i) $2,000,000; or

(ii) an amount equal to the product of $250,000 and the aggregate number of area health education centers operated in the State by such entities.

(b) Requirements for centers

(1) General requirement

Each area health education center that receives funds under this section shall encourage the regionalization of health professions schools through the establishment of partnerships with community-based organizations.

(2) Service area

Each area health education center that receives funds under this section shall specifically designate a geographic area or medically underserved population to be served by the center. Such area or population shall be in a location removed from the main location of the teaching facilities of the schools participating in the program with such center.

(3) Other requirements

Each area health education center that receives funds under this section shall—

(A) assess the health personnel needs of the area to be served by the center and assist in the planning and development of training programs to meet such needs;

(B) arrange and support rotations for students and residents in family medicine, general internal medicine or general pediatrics, with at least one center in each program being affiliated with or conducting a rotating osteopathic internship or medical residency training program in family medicine (including geriatrics), general internal medicine (including geriatrics), or general pediatrics in which no fewer than 4 individuals are enrolled in first-year positions;

(C) conduct and participate in interdisciplinary training that involves physicians and other health personnel including, where practicable, public health professionals, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, nurse midwives, and behavioral and mental health providers; and

(D) have an advisory board, at least 75 percent of the members of which shall be individuals, including both health service providers and consumers, from the area served by the center.

(c) Certain provisions regarding funding

(1) Allocation to center

Not less than 75 percent of the total amount of Federal funds provided to an entity under this section shall be allocated by an area health education center program to the area health education center. Such entity shall enter into an agreement with each center for purposes of specifying the allocation of such 75 percent of funds.

(2) Operating costs

With respect to the operating costs of the area health education center program of an entity receiving funds under this section, the entity shall make available (directly or through contributions from State, county or municipal governments, or the private sector) non-Federal contributions in cash toward such costs in an amount that is equal to not less than 50 percent of such costs, except that the Secretary may grant a waiver for up to 75 percent of the amount of the required non-Federal match in the first 3 years in which an entity receives funds under this section.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §751, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §103, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3541.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 294a, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §762, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2046, authorized grants and contracts for public health special projects, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 105–392.

Another prior section 294a, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §728, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §401(b)(3), 90 Stat. 2257; amended Dec. 19, 1977, Pub. L. 95–215, §4(e)(2)–(4), 91 Stat. 1506; Dec. 17, 1980, Pub. L. 96–538, title IV, §401, 94 Stat. 3192; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2726, 95 Stat. 916; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title I, §101, title II, §208(h), 99 Stat. 523, 532; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §§602(a)–(d), 636, title VII, §707, 102 Stat. 3122, 3149, 3159; Nov. 18, 1988, Pub. L. 100–690, title II, §2615(b), 102 Stat. 4239; Aug. 16, 1989, Pub. L. 101–93, §5(g)(1), 103 Stat. 612, related to Federal student loan insurance program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408. See section 292a of this title.

Another prior section 294a, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §741, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 171; amended Oct. 13, 1964, Pub. L. 88–654, §1(c), (d), 78 Stat. 1086; Oct. 22, 1965, Pub. L. 89–290, §4(b), (f)(3), (4), (g)(1), 79 Stat. 1057, 1058; Nov. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–709, §3(c), (d), 80 Stat. 1103; Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89–751, §4, 80 Stat. 1230; Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §121(a)(3), (4), (5)(A), 82 Stat. 777; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §105(b)–(d), (e)(4), (f)(2), 85 Stat. 449–451; Oct. 27, 1972, Pub. L. 92–585, §4, 86 Stat. 1293; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §§403(a), (b), (d), 407(d)(1), 90 Stat. 2266, 2279, which related to loan provisions, was transferred to section 294n of this title.

A prior section 751 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 293o of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–392.

Another prior section 751 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294r of this title prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 751 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294t of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 97–35.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in sections 294b, 294f, 294g of this title; title 20 section 1092a.

§294b. Health education and training centers

(a) In general

To be eligible for funds under this section, a health education training center shall be an entity otherwise eligible for funds under section 294a of this title that—

(1) addresses the persistent and severe unmet health care needs in States along the border between the United States and Mexico and in the State of Florida, and in other urban and rural areas with populations with serious unmet health care needs;

(2) establishes an advisory board comprised of health service providers, educators and consumers from the service area;

(3) conducts training and education programs for health professions students in these areas;

(4) conducts training in health education services, including training to prepare community health workers; and

(5) supports health professionals (including nursing) practicing in the area through educational and other services.

(b) Allocation of funds

The Secretary shall make available 50 percent of the amounts appropriated for each fiscal year under this section 1 for the establishment or operation of health education training centers through projects in States along the border between the United States and Mexico and in the State of Florida.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §752, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §103, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3544.)

References in Text

This section, referred to in subsec. (b), was in the original "section 752" meaning section 752 of act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, as added by Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §103, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3544, which is classified to this section. Provisions allocating appropriations for awards of grants and contracts under this section and providing that not less than 50 percent of the amount be made available for centers described in subsection (a)(1) of this section are contained in section 757(b)(1)(B) of act July 1, 1944, which is classified to section 294g(b)(1)(B) of this title.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 294b, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §763, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2047, authorized grants and contracts for development of preventive medicine and dental public health programs, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 105–392.

Another prior section 294b, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §729, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §401(b)(3), 90 Stat. 2258; amended Dec. 19, 1977, Pub. L. 95–215, §4(e)(5), 91 Stat. 1506; Sept. 29, 1979, Pub. L. 96–76, title II, §201, 93 Stat. 582; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2727, 95 Stat. 917; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §208(g)(1), 99 Stat. 531; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §§628(5), 629(b)(2), 102 Stat. 3145, 3146, related to limitations on individually insured loans and loan insurance, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408. See section 292b of this title.

Another prior section 294b, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §742, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 172; amended Oct. 22, 1965, Pub. L. 89–290, §4(c), 79 Stat. 1057; Nov. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–709, §3(e), 80 Stat. 1103; Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89–751, §5(b), 80 Stat. 1232; Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §121(b), 82 Stat. 778; July 9, 1971, Pub. L. 92–52, §1(a), 85 Stat. 144; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §105(a), (f)(2), 85 Stat. 449, 451; Aug. 23, 1974, Pub. L. 93–385, §2(a), 88 Stat. 741; Apr. 22, 1976, Pub. L. 94–278, title XI, §1105(a), 90 Stat. 416; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(e), title IV, §§404, 406(d), 90 Stat. 2244, 2267, 2268, which related to authorization of appropriations, was transferred to section 294o of this title.

A prior section 752 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 293p of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–392.

Another prior section 752 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294u of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 97–35.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in section 294g of this title; title 20 section 1092a.

1 See References in Text note below.

§294c. Education and training relating to geriatrics

(a) Geriatric education centers

(1) In general

The Secretary shall award grants or contracts under this section to entities described in paragraphs 1 (1), (3), or (4) of section 295p of this title, and section 298b(2) 2 of this title, for the establishment or operation of geriatric education centers.

(2) Requirements

A geriatric education center is a program that—

(A) improves the training of health professionals in geriatrics, including geriatric residencies, traineeships, or fellowships;

(B) develops and disseminates curricula relating to the treatment of the health problems of elderly individuals;

(C) supports the training and retraining of faculty to provide instruction in geriatrics;

(D) supports continuing education of health professionals who provide geriatric care; and

(E) provides students with clinical training in geriatrics in nursing homes, chronic and acute disease hospitals, ambulatory care centers, and senior centers.

(b) Geriatric training regarding physicians and dentists

(1) In general

The Secretary may make grants to, and enter into contracts with, schools of medicine, schools of osteopathic medicine, teaching hospitals, and graduate medical education programs, for the purpose of providing support (including residencies, traineeships, and fellowships) for geriatric training projects to train physicians, dentists and behavioral and mental health professionals who plan to teach geriatric medicine, geriatric behavioral or mental health, or geriatric dentistry.

(2) Requirements

Each project for which a grant or contract is made under this subsection shall—

(A) be staffed by full-time teaching physicians who have experience or training in geriatric medicine or geriatric behavioral or mental health;

(B) be staffed, or enter into an agreement with an institution staffed by full-time or part-time teaching dentists who have experience or training in geriatric dentistry;

(C) be staffed, or enter into an agreement with an institution staffed by full-time or part-time teaching behavioral mental health professionals who have experience or training in geriatric behavioral or mental health;

(D) be based in a graduate medical education program in internal medicine or family medicine or in a department of geriatrics or behavioral or mental health;

(E) provide training in geriatrics and exposure to the physical and mental disabilities of elderly individuals through a variety of service rotations, such as geriatric consultation services, acute care services, dental services, geriatric behavioral or mental health units, day and home care programs, rehabilitation services, extended care facilities, geriatric ambulatory care and comprehensive evaluation units, and community care programs for elderly mentally retarded individuals; and

(F) provide training in geriatrics through one or both of the training options described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (3).

(3) Training options

The training options referred to in subparagraph (F) of paragraph (2) shall be as follows:

(A) A 1-year retraining program in geriatrics for—

(i) physicians who are faculty members in departments of internal medicine, family medicine, gynecology, geriatrics, and behavioral or mental health at schools of medicine and osteopathic medicine;

(ii) dentists who are faculty members at schools of dentistry or at hospital departments of dentistry; and

(iii) behavioral or mental health professionals who are faculty members in departments of behavioral or mental health; and


(B) A 2-year internal medicine or family medicine fellowship program providing emphasis in geriatrics, which shall be designed to provide training in clinical geriatrics and geriatrics research for—

(i) physicians who have completed graduate medical education programs in internal medicine, family medicine, behavioral or mental health, neurology, gynecology, or rehabilitation medicine;

(ii) dentists who have demonstrated a commitment to an academic career and who have completed postdoctoral dental training, including postdoctoral dental education programs or who have relevant advanced training or experience; and

(iii) behavioral or mental health professionals who have completed graduate medical education programs in behavioral or mental health.

(4) Definitions

For purposes of this subsection:

(A) The term "graduate medical education program" means a program sponsored by a school of medicine, a school of osteopathic medicine, a hospital, or a public or private institution that—

(i) offers postgraduate medical training in the specialties and subspecialties of medicine; and

(ii) has been accredited by the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education or the American Osteopathic Association through its Committee on Postdoctoral Training.


(B) The term "post-doctoral dental education program" means a program sponsored by a school of dentistry, a hospital, or a public or private institution that—

(i) offers post-doctoral training in the specialties of dentistry, advanced education in general dentistry, or a dental general practice residency; and

(ii) has been accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation.

(c) Geriatric faculty fellowships

(1) Establishment of program

The Secretary shall establish a program to provide Geriatric Academic Career Awards to eligible individuals to promote the career development of such individuals as academic geriatricians.

(2) Eligible individuals

To be eligible to receive an Award under paragraph (1), an individual shall—

(A) be board certified or board eligible in internal medicine, family practice, or psychiatry;

(B) have completed an approved fellowship program in geriatrics; and

(C) have a junior faculty appointment at an accredited (as determined by the Secretary) school of medicine or osteopathic medicine.

(3) Limitations

No Award under paragraph (1) may be made to an eligible individual unless the individual—

(A) has submitted to the Secretary an application, at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require, and the Secretary has approved such application; and

(B) provides, in such form and manner as the Secretary may require, assurances that the individual will meet the service requirement described in subsection (e) 3.

(4) Amount and term

(A) Amount

The amount of an Award under this section shall equal $50,000 for fiscal year 1998, adjusted for subsequent fiscal years to reflect the increase in the Consumer Price Index.

(B) Term

The term of any Award made under this subsection shall not exceed 5 years.

(5) Service requirement

An individual who receives an Award under this subsection shall provide training in clinical geriatrics, including the training of interdisciplinary teams of health care professionals. The provision of such training shall constitute at least 75 percent of the obligations of such individual under the Award.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §753, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §103, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3544.)

References in Text

Section 298b(2) of this title, referred to in subsec. (a)(1), was repealed by Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §123(1), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3562. See section 296(2) of this title.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 294c, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §765, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2047, authorized appropriations for purpose of carrying out subpart I of this part, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 105–392.

Another prior section 294c, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §730, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §401(b)(3), 90 Stat. 2258, related to sources of funds for eligible student loans, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408. See section 292c of this title.

Another prior section 294c, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §743, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 172; amended Oct. 22, 1965, Pub. L. 89–290, §4(d), 79 Stat. 1057; Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89–751, §5(c)(2), (3), 80 Stat. 1233; Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §121(c), 82 Stat. 778; July 9, 1971, Pub. L. 92–52, §1(b), 85 Stat. 144; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §105(e)(2), (f)(2), 85 Stat. 451; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §§405, 406(e), 90 Stat. 2267, 2268, which related to the distribution of assets from loan funds, was transferred to section 294p of this title.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in sections 294f, 294g of this title.

1 So in original. Probably should be "paragraph".

2 See References in Text note below.

3 So in original. Probably should be "paragraph (5)".

§294d. Quentin N. Burdick program for rural interdisciplinary training

(a) Grants

The Secretary may make grants or contracts under this section to help entities fund authorized activities under an application approved under subsection (c) of this section.

(b) Use of amounts

(1) In general

Amounts provided under subsection (a) of this section shall be used by the recipients to fund interdisciplinary training projects designed to—

(A) use new and innovative methods to train health care practitioners to provide services in rural areas;

(B) demonstrate and evaluate innovative interdisciplinary methods and models designed to provide access to cost-effective comprehensive health care;

(C) deliver health care services to individuals residing in rural areas;

(D) enhance the amount of relevant research conducted concerning health care issues in rural areas; and

(E) increase the recruitment and retention of health care practitioners from rural areas and make rural practice a more attractive career choice for health care practitioners.

(2) Methods

A recipient of funds under subsection (a) of this section may use various methods in carrying out the projects described in paragraph (1), including—

(A) the distribution of stipends to students of eligible applicants;

(B) the establishment of a post-doctoral fellowship program;

(C) the training of faculty in the economic and logistical problems confronting rural health care delivery systems; or

(D) the purchase or rental of transportation and telecommunication equipment where the need for such equipment due to unique characteristics of the rural area is demonstrated by the recipient.

(3) Administration

(A) In general

An applicant shall not use more than 10 percent of the funds made available to such applicant under subsection (a) of this section for administrative expenses.

(B) Training

Not more than 10 percent of the individuals receiving training with funds made available to an applicant under subsection (a) of this section shall be trained as doctors of medicine or doctors of osteopathy.

(C) Limitation

An institution that receives a grant under this section shall use amounts received under such grant to supplement, not supplant, amounts made available by such institution for activities of the type described in subsection (b)(1) of this section in the fiscal year preceding the year for which the grant is received.

(c) Applications

Applications submitted for assistance under this section shall—

(1) be jointly submitted by at least two eligible applicants with the express purpose of assisting individuals in academic institutions in establishing long-term collaborative relationships with health care providers in rural areas; and

(2) designate a rural health care agency or agencies for clinical treatment or training, including hospitals, community health centers, migrant health centers, rural health clinics, community behavioral and mental health centers, long-term care facilities, Native Hawaiian health centers, or facilities operated by the Indian Health Service or an Indian tribe or tribal organization or Indian organization under a contract with the Indian Health Service under the Indian Self-Determination Act [25 U.S.C. 450f et seq.].

(d) Definitions

For the purposes of this section, the term "rural" means geographic areas that are located outside of standard metropolitan statistical areas.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §754, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §103, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3547.)

References in Text

The Indian Self-Determination Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(2), is title I of Pub. L. 93–638, Jan. 4, 1975, 88 Stat. 2206, as amended, which is classified principally to part A (§450f et seq.) of subchapter II of chapter 14 of Title 25, Indians. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 450 of Title 25 and Tables.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 294d, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §766, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2047, authorized grants and contracts for development of advanced training of allied health professionals, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 105–392.

Another prior section 294d, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §731, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §401(b)(3), 90 Stat. 2258; amended Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(c)(1), (2), 91 Stat. 389, 390; Dec. 19, 1977, Pub. L. 95–215, §4(a)–(d), (e)(6), 91 Stat. 1505, 1506; Dec. 17, 1980, Pub. L. 96–538, title IV, §402, 94 Stat. 3192; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2728, 95 Stat. 918; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §§208(a), (b)(1), (2), (c)(1), (d), (i), 211(a)(2), 99 Stat. 529–532, 539; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §602(e), (f), 102 Stat. 3123; Apr. 6, 1991, Pub. L. 102–25, title III, §374, 105 Stat. 95; July 23, 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, title IV, §427(b)(2), 106 Stat. 549, related to eligibility of borrowers and terms of insurance, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408. See section 292d of this title.

Another prior section 294d, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §744, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 173; amended Oct. 22, 1965, Pub. L. 89–290, §4(e), 79 Stat. 1057; Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89–751, §5(a), 80 Stat. 1230; Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §121(d), 82 Stat. 778; July 9, 1971, Pub. L. 92–52, §1(c), 85 Stat. 144; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §105(e)(3), (f)(2), 85 Stat. 451, provided for loans to schools to capitalize health professions student loan funds, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §406(a)(1), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2268.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in sections 294f, 294g of this title.

§294e. Allied health and other disciplines

(a) In general

The Secretary may make grants or contracts under this section to help entities fund activities of the type described in subsection (b) of this section.

(b) Activities

Activities of the type described in this subsection include the following:

(1) Assisting entities in meeting the costs associated with expanding or establishing programs that will increase the number of individuals trained in allied health professions. Programs and activities funded under this paragraph may include—

(A) those that expand enrollments in allied health professions with the greatest shortages or whose services are most needed by the elderly;

(B) those that provide rapid transition training programs in allied health fields to individuals who have baccalaureate degrees in health-related sciences;

(C) those that establish community-based allied health training programs that link academic centers to rural clinical settings;

(D) those that provide career advancement training for practicing allied health professionals;

(E) those that expand or establish clinical training sites for allied health professionals in medically underserved or rural communities in order to increase the number of individuals trained;

(F) those that develop curriculum that will emphasize knowledge and practice in the areas of prevention and health promotion, geriatrics, long-term care, home health and hospice care, and ethics;

(G) those that expand or establish interdisciplinary training programs that promote the effectiveness of allied health practitioners in geriatric assessment and the rehabilitation of the elderly;

(H) those that expand or establish demonstration centers to emphasize innovative models to link allied health clinical practice, education, and research;

(I) those that provide financial assistance (in the form of traineeships) to students who are participants in any such program; and

(i) who plan to pursue a career in an allied health field that has a demonstrated personnel shortage; and

(ii) who agree upon completion of the training program to practice in a medically underserved community;


that shall be utilized to assist in the payment of all or part of the costs associated with tuition, fees and such other stipends as the Secretary may consider necessary; and

(J) those to meet the costs of projects to plan, develop, and operate or maintain graduate programs in behavioral and mental health practice.


(2) Planning and implementing projects in preventive and primary care training for podiatric physicians in approved or provisionally approved residency programs that shall provide financial assistance in the form of traineeships to residents who participate in such projects and who plan to specialize in primary care.

(3) Carrying out demonstration projects in which chiropractors and physicians collaborate to identify and provide effective treatment for spinal and lower-back conditions.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §755, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §103, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3548.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 294e, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §767, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2048, authorized grants and contracts for establishment of programs to increase number of allied health professionals, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 105–392.

Another prior section 294e, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §732, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §401(b)(3), 90 Stat. 2260; amended Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(c)(3), (4), 91 Stat. 390; Dec. 19, 1977, Pub. L. 95–215, §4(e)(8), (9), 91 Stat. 1506; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2729, 95 Stat. 918; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §208(e), 99 Stat. 531; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §602(g), 102 Stat. 3123, related to certificates of loan insurance, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408. See section 292e of this title.

Another prior section 294e, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §744, formerly §745, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 173; amended Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §105(f)(2), 85 Stat. 451; renumbered §744, Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §406(a)(2), 90 Stat. 2268, which related to administrative provisions, was transferred to section 294q of this title.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in sections 294f, 294g of this title.

§294f. Advisory Committee on Interdisciplinary, Community-Based Linkages

(a) Establishment

The Secretary shall establish an advisory committee to be known as the Advisory Committee on Interdisciplinary, Community-Based Linkages (in this section referred to as the "Advisory Committee").

(b) Composition

(1) In general

The Secretary shall determine the appropriate number of individuals to serve on the Advisory Committee. Such individuals shall not be officers or employees of the Federal Government.

(2) Appointment

Not later than 90 days after November 13, 1998, the Secretary shall appoint the members of the Advisory Committee from among individuals who are health professionals from schools of the types described in sections 294a(a)(1)(A), 294a(a)(1)(B), 294c(b), 294d(3)(A), and 294e(b) of this title. In making such appointments, the Secretary shall ensure a fair balance between the health professions, that at least 75 percent of the members of the Advisory Committee are health professionals, a broad geographic representation of members and a balance between urban and rural members. Members shall be appointed based on their competence, interest, and knowledge of the mission of the profession involved.

(3) Minority representation

In appointing the members of the Advisory Committee under paragraph (2), the Secretary shall ensure the adequate representation of women and minorities.

(c) Terms

(1) In general

A member of the Advisory Committee shall be appointed for a term of 3 years, except that of the members first appointed—

(A) 1/3 of the members shall serve for a term of 1 year;

(B) 1/3 of the members shall serve for a term of 2 years; and

(C) 1/3 of the members shall serve for a term of 3 years.

(2) Vacancies

(A) In general

A vacancy on the Advisory Committee shall be filled in the manner in which the original appointment was made and shall be subject to any conditions which applied with respect to the original appointment.

(B) Filling unexpired term

An individual chosen to fill a vacancy shall be appointed for the unexpired term of the member replaced.

(d) Duties

The Advisory Committee shall—

(1) provide advice and recommendations to the Secretary concerning policy and program development and other matters of significance concerning the activities under this part; and

(2) not later than 3 years after November 13, 1998, and annually thereafter, prepare and submit to the Secretary, and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate, and the Committee on Commerce of the House of Representatives, a report describing the activities of the Committee, including findings and recommendations made by the Committee concerning the activities under this part.

(e) Meetings and documents

(1) Meetings

The Advisory Committee shall meet not less than 3 times each year. Such meetings shall be held jointly with other related entities established under this subchapter where appropriate.

(2) Documents

Not later than 14 days prior to the convening of a meeting under paragraph (1), the Advisory Committee shall prepare and make available an agenda of the matters to be considered by the Advisory Committee at such meeting. At any such meeting, the Advisory Council 1 shall distribute materials with respect to the issues to be addressed at the meeting. Not later than 30 days after the adjourning of such a meeting, the Advisory Committee shall prepare and make available a summary of the meeting and any actions taken by the Committee based upon the meeting.

(f) Compensation and expenses

(1) Compensation

Each member of the Advisory Committee shall be compensated at a rate equal to the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay prescribed for level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 5315 of title 5 for each day (including travel time) during which such member is engaged in the performance of the duties of the Committee.

(2) Expenses

The members of the Advisory Committee shall be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, at rates authorized for employees of agencies under subchapter I of chapter 57 of title 5 while away from their homes or regular places of business in the performance of services for the Committee.

(g) FACA

The Federal Advisory Committee Act shall apply to the Advisory Committee under this section only to the extent that the provisions of such Act do not conflict with the requirements of this section.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §756, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §103, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3549.)

References in Text

The Federal Advisory Committee Act, referred to in subsec. (g), is Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 770, as amended, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.

Codification

November 13, 1998, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), was in the original "the date of enactment of this Act", which was translated as meaning the date of enactment of Pub. L. 105–392, which amended this part generally, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 294f, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §733, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §401(b)(3), 90 Stat. 2262; amended Dec. 19, 1977, Pub. L. 95–215, §4(e)(10), 91 Stat. 1506; Nov. 6, 1978, Pub. L. 95–598, title III, §327, 92 Stat. 2679; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2730, 95 Stat. 919; July 1, 1988, Pub. L. 100–360, title IV, §411(f)(10)(C)(ii), 102 Stat. 781; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §602(h)–(k), 102 Stat. 3123; Aug. 16, 1989, Pub. L. 101–93, §7, 103 Stat. 615, related to procedures upon default by borrower under student loan insurance program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408. See section 292f of this title.

Another prior section 294f, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §746, as added Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §121(e), 82 Stat. 778; amended Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §§105(f)(2), 106(b)(5), 85 Stat. 451, 453, provided for transfer of funds to scholarships in relation to loans to students studying in United States, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §406(a)(1), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2268.

Termination of Advisory Committees

Pub. L. 93–641, §6, Jan. 4, 1975, 88 Stat. 2275, set out as a note under section 217a of this title, provided that an advisory committee established pursuant to the Public Health Service Act shall terminate at such time as may be specifically prescribed by an Act of Congress enacted after Jan. 4, 1975.

1 So in original. Probably should be "Committee".

§294g. Authorization of appropriations

(a) In general

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this part, $55,600,000 for fiscal year 1998, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1999 through 2002.

(b) Allocation

(1) In general

Of the amounts appropriated under subsection (a) of this section for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall make available—

(A) not less than $28,587,000 for awards of grants and contracts under section 294a of this title;

(B) not less than $3,765,000 for awards of grants and contracts under section 294b of this title, of which not less than 50 percent of such amount shall be made available for centers described in subsection (a)(1) of such section; and

(C) not less than $22,631,000 for awards of grants and contracts under sections 294c, 294d, and 294e of this title.

(2) Ratable reduction

If amounts appropriated under subsection (a) of this section for any fiscal year are less than the amount required to comply with paragraph (1), the Secretary shall ratably reduce the amount to be made available under each of subparagraphs (A) through (C) of such paragraph accordingly.

(3) Increase in amounts

If amounts appropriated for a fiscal year under subsection (a) of this section exceed the amount authorized under such subsection for such fiscal year, the Secretary may increase the amount to be made available for programs and activities under this part without regard to the amounts specified in each of subparagraphs (A) through (C) of paragraph (2).

(c) Obligation of certain amounts

(1) Area health education center programs

Of the amounts made available under subsection (b)(1)(A) of this section for each fiscal year, the Secretary may obligate for awards under section 294a(a)(2) of this title

(A) not less than 23 percent of such amounts in fiscal year 1998;

(B) not less than 30 percent of such amounts in fiscal year 1999;

(C) not less than 35 percent of such amounts in fiscal year 2000;

(D) not less than 40 percent of such amounts in fiscal year 2001; and

(E) not less than 45 percent of such amounts in fiscal year 2002.

(2) Sense of Congress

It is the sense of the Congress that—

(A) every State have an area health education center program in effect under this section; and

(B) the ratio of Federal funding for the model program under section 294a(a)(2) of this title should increase over time and that Federal funding for other awards under this section shall decrease so that the national program will become entirely comprised of programs that are funded at least 50 percent by State and local partners.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §757, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §103, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3551.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 294g, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §734, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §401(b)(3), 90 Stat. 2263; amended Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §208(f), 99 Stat. 531, related to establishment of a student loan insurance fund, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408. See section 292i of this title.

Another prior section 294g, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §747, as added Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §105(f)(4), 85 Stat. 451; amended Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(f), 90 Stat. 2244, provided for student loans to citizens of United States who were full-time students in schools of medicine located outside United States, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2257, effective Oct. 1, 1976.

A prior section 294h, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §735, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §401(b)(3), 90 Stat. 2263; amended Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(c)(5), 91 Stat. 390; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2709(e)(4)(B), 95 Stat. 911; Nov. 16, 1990, Pub. L. 101–597, title IV, §401(b)[(a)], 104 Stat. 3035, related to functions, powers, and duties of the Secretary under the Federal student loan insurance program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408. See section 292j of this title.

A prior section 294i, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §771, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2049, authorized grants to educational entities offering programs in health administration, hospital administration, or health policy analysis and planning, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 105–392.

Another prior section 294i, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §736, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §401(b)(3), 90 Stat. 2265; amended Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(d), 91 Stat. 390, related to participation by Federal credit unions in Federal, State, and private student loan insurance programs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408. See section 292k of this title.

A prior section 771 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295f–1 of this title prior to repeal by act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §773, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §606(b), 102 Stat. 3127.

Sections 294j to 294m were omitted in the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 1994.

Section 294j, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §737, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §401(b)(3), 90 Stat. 2265; amended Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(c)(6), 91 Stat. 390; Dec. 19, 1977, Pub. L. 95–215, §4(f), 91 Stat. 1506; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2731, 95 Stat. 919; Jan. 4, 1983, Pub. L. 97–414, §8(i), 96 Stat. 2061; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §§201(c), 204(c), 208(g)(2), 99 Stat. 525, 527, 531; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §§602(l), 628(6), 629(b)(2), 102 Stat. 3124, 3145, 3146, defined "eligible institution", "eligible lender", "line of credit", and "school of allied health". See section 292o of this title.

Section 294j–1, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §737A, as added Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2732, 95 Stat. 919, related to determination of eligible students. See section 292l of this title.

Section 294k, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §738, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §401(b)(3), 90 Stat. 2265; amended Dec. 19, 1977, Pub. L. 95–215, §4(e)(12), 91 Stat. 1506, related to repayment of loans of deceased or disabled borrowers from student loan insurance fund. See section 292m of this title.

Section 294l, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §739, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §401(b)(3), 90 Stat. 2266; amended Dec. 19, 1977, Pub. L. 95–215, §4(e)(13), 91 Stat. 1506; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2733, 95 Stat. 920, related to eligibility of institutions and recordation and availability of information. See section 292n of this title.

Section 294l–1, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §739A, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §602(m), 102 Stat. 3124, related to reissuance and refinancing of certain loans.

Section 294m, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §740, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 170; amended Oct. 13, 1964, Pub. L. 88–654, §1(a), (b), 78 Stat. 1086; Oct. 22, 1965, Pub. L. 89–290, §§2(b), 4 (a), (f)(1), (2), 79 Stat. 1056–1058; Nov. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–709, §3(a), (b), 80 Stat. 1103; Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89–751, §5(c)(1), 80 Stat. 1232; Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §121(a)(1), (2), (5)(B), 82 Stat. 777, 778; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §105(e)(1), (4), (f)(2), 85 Stat. 451; Aug. 23, 1974, Pub. L. 93–385, §2(b), 88 Stat. 741; Apr. 22, 1976, Pub. L. 94–278, title XI, §1105(b), 90 Stat. 416; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §402, 90 Stat. 2266; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §209(a)(1), (j)(1), 99 Stat. 532, 536; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §§603(a), 628(7), 629(b)(2), 102 Stat. 3125, 3145, 3146; Nov. 6, 1990, Pub. L. 101–527, §5(a), (b), 104 Stat. 2322, 2323, related to loan agreements for establishment of student loan funds. See section 292q of this title.

Part E—Health Professions and Public Health Workforce

subpart 1—health professions workforce information and analysis

§294n. Health professions workforce information and analysis

(a) Purpose

It is the purpose of this section to—

(1) provide for the development of information describing the health professions workforce and the analysis of workforce related issues; and

(2) provide necessary information for decision-making regarding future directions in health professions and nursing programs in response to societal and professional needs.

(b) Grants or contracts

The Secretary may award grants or contracts to State or local governments, health professions schools, schools of nursing, academic health centers, community-based health facilities, and other appropriate public or private nonprofit entities to provide for—

(1) targeted information collection and analysis activities related to the purposes described in subsection (a) of this section;

(2) research on high priority workforce questions;

(3) the development of a non-Federal analytic and research infrastructure related to the purposes described in subsection (a) of this section; and

(4) the conduct of program evaluation and assessment.

(c) Authorization of appropriations

(1) In general

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, $750,000 for fiscal year 1998, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1999 through 2002.

(2) Reservation

Of the amounts appropriated under subsection (a) of this section for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve not less than $600,000 for conducting health professions research and for carrying out data collection and analysis in accordance with section 295k of this title.

(3) Availability of additional funds

Amounts otherwise appropriated for programs or activities under this subchapter may be used for activities under subsection (b) of this section with respect to the programs or activities from which such amounts were made available.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §761, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §104(a), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3552.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 294n, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §776, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2050, and amended, which related to grants and contracts to provide health care for individuals with acquired immune deficiency syndrome, was renumbered section 2692 of title XXVI of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 104–146, §3(h)(3), May 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1364, and transferred to section 300ff–111 of this title.

Another prior section 294n, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §741, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 171; amended Oct. 13, 1964, Pub. L. 88–654, §1(c), (d), 78 Stat. 1086; Oct. 22, 1965, Pub. L. 89–290, §4(b), (f)(3), (4), (g)(1), 79 Stat. 1057, 1058; Nov. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–709, §3(c), (d), 80 Stat. 1103; Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89–751, §4, 80 Stat. 1230; Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §121(a)(3), (4), (5)(A), 82 Stat. 777; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §105(b)–(d), (e)(4), (f)(2), 85 Stat. 449–451; Oct. 27, 1972, Pub. L. 92–585, §4, 86 Stat. 1293; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §§403(a), (b), (d), 407(d)(1), 90 Stat. 2266, 2267, 2279; Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(e)(1), (2), 91 Stat. 390; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2735, 95 Stat. 920; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §209(a)(2), (3), (b), (c)(1), (d)–(f), 99 Stat. 532, 534; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §§603(b), (c), 628(8), 629(b)(2), 102 Stat. 3125, 3145, 3146; Nov. 16, 1990, Pub. L. 101–597, title IV, §401(b)[(a)], 104 Stat. 3035, outlined provisions for loans from a student loan fund, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408. See section 292r of this title.

A prior section 761 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294 of this title prior to the general amendment of part D of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–392.

Another prior section 761 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294cc of this title prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 761 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–129.

Another prior section 761 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295 of this title prior to the general amendment of part D of this subchapter by Pub. L. 91–696.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in section 295o–1 of this title.

§294o. Advisory Council on Graduate Medical Education

(a) Establishment; duties

There is established the Council on Graduate Medical Education (in this section referred to as the "Council"). The Council shall—

(1) make recommendations to the Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this section referred to as the "Secretary"), and to the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate, and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, with respect to—

(A) the supply and distribution of physicians in the United States;

(B) current and future shortages or excesses of physicians in medical and surgical specialties and subspecialties;

(C) issues relating to foreign medical school graduates;

(D) appropriate Federal policies with respect to the matters specified in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C), including policies concerning changes in the financing of undergraduate and graduate medical education programs and changes in the types of medical education training in graduate medical education programs;

(E) appropriate efforts to be carried out by hospitals, schools of medicine, schools of osteopathic medicine, and accrediting bodies with respect to the matters specified in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C), including efforts for changes in undergraduate and graduate medical education programs; and

(F) deficiencies in, and needs for improvements in, existing data bases concerning the supply and distribution of, and postgraduate training programs for, physicians in the United States and steps that should be taken to eliminate those deficiencies; and


(2) encourage entities providing graduate medical education to conduct activities to voluntarily achieve the recommendations of the Council under paragraph (1)(E).

(b) Composition

The Council shall be composed of—

(1) the Assistant Secretary for Health or the designee of the Assistant Secretary;

(2) the Administrator of the Health Care Financing Administration;

(3) the Chief Medical Director of the Department of Veterans Affairs;

(4) 6 members appointed by the Secretary to include representatives of practicing primary care physicians, national and specialty physician organizations, foreign medical graduates, and medical student and house staff associations;

(5) 4 members appointed by the Secretary to include representatives of schools of medicine and osteopathic medicine and public and private teaching hospitals; and

(6) 4 members appointed by the Secretary to include representatives of health insurers, business, and labor.

(c) Terms of appointed members

(1) In general; staggered rotation

Members of the Council appointed under paragraphs (4), (5), and (6) of subsection (b) of this section shall be appointed for a term of 4 years, except that the term of office of the members first appointed shall expire, as designated by the Secretary at the time of appointment, 4 at the end of 1 year, 4 at the end of 2 years, 3 at the end of 3 years, and 3 at the end of 4 years.

(2) Date certain for appointment

The Secretary shall appoint the first members to the Council under paragraphs (4), (5), and (6) of subsection (b) of this section within 60 days after October 13, 1992.

(d) Chair

The Council shall elect one of its members as Chairman of the Council.

(e) Quorum

Nine members of the Council shall constitute a quorum, but a lesser number may hold hearings.

(f) Vacancies

Any vacancy in the Council shall not affect its power to function.

(g) Compensation

Each member of the Council who is not otherwise employed by the United States Government shall receive compensation at a rate equal to the daily rate prescribed for GS–18 under the General Schedule under section 5332 of title 5 for each day, including traveltime,1 such member is engaged in the actual performance of duties as a member of the Council. A member of the Council who is an officer or employee of the United States Government shall serve without additional compensation. All members of the Council shall be reimbursed for travel, subsistence, and other necessary expenses incurred by them in the performance of their duties.

(h) Certain authorities and duties

(1) Authorities

In order to carry out the provisions of this section, the Council is authorized to—

(A) collect such information, hold such hearings, and sit and act at such times and places, either as a whole or by subcommittee, and request the attendance and testimony of such witnesses and the production of such books, records, correspondence, memoranda, papers, and documents as the Council or such subcommittee may consider available; and

(B) request the cooperation and assistance of Federal departments, agencies, and instrumentalities, and such departments, agencies, and instrumentalities are authorized to provide such cooperation and assistance.

(2) Coordination of activities

The Council shall coordinate its activities with the activities of the Secretary under section 295k of this title. The Secretary shall, in cooperation with the Council and pursuant to the recommendations of the Council, take such steps as are practicable to eliminate deficiencies in the data base established under section 295k of this title and shall make available in its reports such comprehensive data sets as are developed pursuant to this section.

(i) Requirement regarding reports

In the reports required under subsection (a) of this section, the Council shall specify its activities during the period for which the report is made.

(j) Final report

Not later than April 1, 2002, the Council shall submit a final report under subsection (a) of this section.

(k) Termination

The Council shall terminate September 30, 2002.

(l) Funding

Amounts otherwise appropriated under this subchapter may be utilized by the Secretary to support the activities of the Council.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §762, formerly Pub. L. 102–408, title III, §301, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2080, as amended Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §313(b), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3507; renumbered §762 of act July 1, 1944, and amended Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §104(b), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3552.)

Codification

Section was formerly set out as a note under section 295k of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105–392.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 294o, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §777, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2052, authorized grants and contracts for improvement of training in geriatrics, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 105–392.

Another prior section 294o, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §742, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 172; amended Oct. 22, 1965, Pub. L. 89–290, §4(c), 79 Stat. 1057; Nov. 2, 1966, Pub. L. 89–709, §3(e), 80 Stat. 1103; Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89–751, §5(b), 80 Stat. 1232; Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §121(b), 82 Stat. 778; July 9, 1971, Pub. L. 92–52, §1(a), 85 Stat. 144; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §105(a), (f)(2), 85 Stat. 449, 451; Aug. 23, 1974, Pub. L. 93–385, §2(a), 88 Stat. 741; Apr. 22, 1976, Pub. L. 94–278, title XI, §1105(a), 90 Stat. 416; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(e), title IV, §§404, 406(d), 90 Stat. 2244, 2267, 2268; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2734, 95 Stat. 920; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §209(g), 99 Stat. 534; Nov. 6, 1990, Pub. L. 101–527, §5(c), 104 Stat. 2323, provided for authorization of appropriations for purpose of making Federal contributions into student loan funds, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408. See sections 292t and 292y of this title.

A prior section 762 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295a of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–129.

Another prior section 762 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295a of this title prior to the general amendment of part D of this subchapter by Pub. L. 91–696.

A prior section 294p, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §778, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2054, authorized grants and contracts to assist provision of health care in rural areas, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 105–392.

Another prior section 294p, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §743, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 172; amended Oct. 22, 1965, Pub. L. 89–290, §4(d), 79 Stat. 1057; Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89–751, §5(c)(2), (3), 80 Stat. 1233; Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §121(c), 82 Stat. 778; July 9, 1971, Pub. L. 92–52, §1(b), 85 Stat. 144; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §105(e)(2), (f)(2), 85 Stat. 451; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §§405, 406(e), 90 Stat. 2267, 2268; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2736, 95 Stat. 920; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §209(i), 99 Stat. 536; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §603(d), 102 Stat. 3125, related to distribution of assets from loan funds, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408. See section 292x of this title.

Sections 294q to 294r were omitted in the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Section 294q, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §744, formerly §745, as added Sept. 24, 1963, Pub. L. 88–129, §2(b), 77 Stat. 173; amended Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §105(f)(2), 85 Stat. 451; renumbered §744, Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §406(a)(2), 90 Stat. 2268, related to administrative provisions. See section 292u of this title.

Section 294q–1, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §745, as added Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §209(h)(2), 99 Stat. 535, related to student loan information to be furnished to students. See section 292v of this title.

Section 294q–2, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §746, as added Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §209(h)(2), 99 Stat. 536, related to procedures for appeal of terminations of agreements with schools. See section 292w of this title.

Section 294q–3, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §747, formerly §745, as added and renumbered §747, Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §209(a)(4), (h)(1), 99 Stat. 532, 535, defined "school of pharmacy".

Section 294r, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §751, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §604, 102 Stat. 3126, related to establishment of a loan repayment program for allied health personnel.

A prior section 294r, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §748, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §408(a), 90 Stat. 2279; amended Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(f), 91 Stat. 391; Dec. 19, 1977, Pub. L. 95–215, §3, 91 Stat. 1504; Sept. 29, 1979, Pub. L. 96–76, title II, §206(a), 93 Stat. 583, which related to traineeships for students in schools of public health, was renumbered section 792 of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 97–35 and transferred to section 295h–1b of this title.

Section 294s, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §749, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §408(a), 90 Stat. 2280; amended Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(f), 91 Stat. 391, Pub. L. 96–88, title III, §301(a)(1), title V, §507, 93 Stat. 677, 692, which related to traineeships for students in other graduate programs, was renumbered section 791A of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 97–35 and transferred to section 295h–1a of this title.

Section 294t, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §751, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §408(b)(1), 90 Stat. 2281; amended Dec. 19, 1977, Pub. L. 95–215, §5, 91 Stat. 1506; Nov. 9, 1978, Pub. L. 95–623, §12(c), 92 Stat. 3457; Nov. 10, 1978, Pub. L. 95–626, title I, §113(b), 92 Stat. 3563; July 10, 1979, Pub. L. 96–32, §7(i), 93 Stat. 84, which related to National Health Service Corps Scholarships Program, was renumbered section 338A of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 97–35 and transferred to section 254l of this title.

Section 294u, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §752, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §408(b)(1), 90 Stat. 2284; amended Nov. 10, 1978, Pub. L. 95–626, title I, §113(b), 92 Stat. 3563; Sept. 29, 1979, Pub. L. 96–76, title II, §202(a), (b), 93 Stat. 582, which related to obligated service under contract, was renumbered section 338B of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 97–35 and transferred to section 254m of this title, and subsequently renumbered section 338C of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 100–177.

Section 294v, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §753, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §408(b)(1), 90 Stat. 2285; amended Dec. 17, 1980, Pub. L. 96–538, title IV, §403, 94 Stat. 3192, which related to private practice, was renumbered section 338C of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 97–35 and transferred to section 254n of this title, and subsequently renumbered section 338D of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 100–177.

Section 294w, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §754, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §408(b)(1), 90 Stat. 2286; amended Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(g), 91 Stat. 391, which related to breach of scholarship contract, was renumbered section 338D of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 97–35 and transferred to section 254o of this title, and subsequently renumbered section 338E of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 100–177.

Section 294x, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §755, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §408(b)(1), 90 Stat. 2287, which related to special grants for former Corps member to enter private practice, was renumbered section 338E of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 97–35 and transferred to section 254p of this title, and subsequently renumbered section 338F of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 100–177.

Section 294y, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §756, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §408(b)(1), 90 Stat. 2288, which related to authorization of appropriations, was renumbered section 338F of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 97–35 and transferred to section 254q of this title, and subsequently renumbered section 338G of act July 1, 1944, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 100–177, title II, §§201(2), 203, Dec. 1, 1987, 101 Stat. 992, 999.

Section 294y–1, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §757, as added Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(n)(1), 91 Stat. 392; amended Dec. 17, 1980, Pub. L. 96–537, §3(d), 94 Stat. 3174, which related to Indian Health Scholarships, was renumbered section 338G of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 97–35 and transferred to section 254r of this title, and subsequently renumbered section 338I of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 100–177, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 100–713, title I, §104(b)(1), Nov. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 4787.

Sections 294z to 294cc were omitted in the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Section 294z, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §758, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §408(c), 90 Stat. 2289; amended Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(h), 91 Stat. 391; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2737, 95 Stat. 920; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title I, §102, title II, §210(a), 99 Stat. 523, 537; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §§605, 628(9), 629(b)(2), 102 Stat. 3126, 3146, related to scholarships for students of exceptional financial need.

Section 294aa, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §759, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §408(c), 90 Stat. 2289; amended Nov. 16, 1990, Pub. L. 101–597, title IV, §401(b)[(a)], 104 Stat. 3035, established a Lister Hill scholarship program of grants for family practice of medicine.

Section 294bb, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §760, as added Nov. 6, 1990, Pub. L. 101–527, §6, 104 Stat. 2323, related to grants and other assistance for students from disadvantaged backgrounds. See section 293a of this title.

Section 294cc, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §761, as added Nov. 6, 1990, Pub. L. 101–527, §6, 104 Stat. 2325, related to a loan repayment program regarding service on faculties of certain health professions schools. See section 293b of this title.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 105–392, §104(b)(1), substituted "2002" for "1995".

Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 105–392, §104(b)(2), substituted "2002" for "1995".

Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 105–392, §104(b)(3), added subsec. (l).

1992—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 102–531 substituted "voluntarily" for "voluntary".

Change of Name

Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Commerce of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress.

Reference to Chief Medical Director of Department of Veterans Affairs deemed to refer to Under Secretary for Health of Department of Veterans Affairs pursuant to section 302(e) of Pub. L. 102–405, set out as a note under section 305 of Title 38, Veterans' Benefits.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–531 effective immediately after enactment of Pub. L. 102–408, see section 313(c) of Pub. L. 102–531, set out as a note under section 292y of this title.

References in Other Laws to GS–16, 17, or 18 Pay Rates

References in laws to the rates of pay for GS–16, 17, or 18, or to maximum rates of pay under the General Schedule, to be considered references to rates payable under specified sections of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, see section 529 [title I, §101(c)(1)] of Pub. L. 101–509, set out in a note under section 5376 of Title 5.

1 So in original. Probably should be "travel time,".

subpart 2—public health workforce

Subpart Referred to in Other Sections

This subpart is referred to in section 295o–1 of this title.

§295. General provisions

(a) In general

The Secretary may award grants or contracts to eligible entities to increase the number of individuals in the public health workforce, to enhance the quality of such workforce, and to enhance the ability of the workforce to meet national, State, and local health care needs.

(b) Eligibility

To be eligible to receive a grant or contract under subsection (a) of this section an entity shall—

(1) be—

(A) a health professions school, including an accredited school or program of public health, health administration, preventive medicine, or dental public health or a school providing health management programs;

(B) an academic health center;

(C) a State or local government; or

(D) any other appropriate public or private nonprofit entity; and


(2) prepare and submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.

(c) Preference

In awarding grants or contracts under this section the Secretary may grant a preference to entities—

(1) serving individuals who are from disadvantaged backgrounds (including underrepresented racial and ethnic minorities); and

(2) graduating large proportions of individuals who serve in underserved communities.

(d) Activities

Amounts provided under a grant or contract awarded under this section may be used for—

(1) the costs of planning, developing, or operating demonstration training programs;

(2) faculty development;

(3) trainee support;

(4) technical assistance;

(5) to meet the costs of projects—

(A) to plan and develop new residency training programs and to maintain or improve existing residency training programs in preventive medicine and dental public health, that have available full-time faculty members with training and experience in the fields of preventive medicine and dental public health; and

(B) to provide financial assistance to residency trainees enrolled in such programs;


(6) the retraining of existing public health workers as well as for increasing the supply of new practitioners to address priority public health, preventive medicine, public health dentistry, and health administration needs;

(7) preparing public health professionals for employment at the State and community levels; or

(8) other activities that may produce outcomes that are consistent with the purposes of this section.

(e) Traineeships

(1) In general

With respect to amounts used under this section for the training of health professionals, such training programs shall be designed to—

(A) make public health education more accessible to the public and private health workforce;

(B) increase the relevance of public health academic preparation to public health practice in the future;

(C) provide education or training for students from traditional on-campus programs in practice-based sites; or

(D) develop educational methods and distance-based approaches or technology that address adult learning requirements and increase knowledge and skills related to community-based cultural diversity in public health education.

(2) Severe shortage disciplines

Amounts provided under grants or contracts under this section may be used for the operation of programs designed to award traineeships to students in accredited schools of public health who enter educational programs in fields where there is a severe shortage of public health professionals, including epidemiology, biostatistics, environmental health, toxicology, public health nursing, nutrition, preventive medicine, maternal and child health, and behavioral and mental health professions.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §765, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §105, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3553.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 295, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §781, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2055; amended Pub. L. 105–12, §12(b), Apr. 30, 1997, 111 Stat. 29, authorized grants and contracts for research on certain health professions issues, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §106(a)(1), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3557.

Another prior section 295, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §761, as added Dec. 25, 1970, Pub. L. 91–696, §101, 84 Stat. 2080–1; amended Oct. 17, 1979, Pub. L. 96–88, title III, §301(a)(1), title V, §507, 93 Stat. 677, 692, provided Congressional declaration of purpose for former part D of this subchapter, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §220(c), Oct. 22, 1985, 99 Stat. 544.

Another prior section 295, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §761, as added Oct. 31, 1963, Pub. L. 88–164, title I, §101, 77 Stat. 282, related to authorization of appropriations respecting grants for construction of mental retardation facilities, prior to the general amendment of former part D of this subchapter by section 101 of Pub. L. 91–696.

A prior section 765 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294c of this title prior to the general amendment of part D of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–392.

Another prior section 765 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295d of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–129.

Another prior section 765 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295d of this title prior to the general amendment of part D of this subchapter by Pub. L. 91–696.

§295a. Public health training centers

(a) In general

The Secretary may make grants or contracts for the operation of public health training centers.

(b) Eligible entities

(1) In general

A public health training center shall be an accredited school of public health, or another public or nonprofit private institution accredited for the provision of graduate or specialized training in public health, that plans, develops, operates, and evaluates projects that are in furtherance of the goals established by the Secretary for the year 2000 in the areas of preventive medicine, health promotion and disease prevention, or improving access to and quality of health services in medically underserved communities.

(2) Preference

In awarding grants or contracts under this section the Secretary shall give preference to accredited schools of public health.

(c) Certain requirements

With respect to a public health training center, an award may not be made under subsection (a) of this section unless the program agrees that it—

(1) will establish or strengthen field placements for students in public or nonprofit private health agencies or organizations;

(2) will involve faculty members and students in collaborative projects to enhance public health services to medically underserved communities;

(3) will specifically designate a geographic area or medically underserved population to be served by the center that shall be in a location removed from the main location of the teaching facility of the school that is participating in the program with such center; and

(4) will assess the health personnel needs of the area to be served by the center and assist in the planning and development of training programs to meet such needs.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §766, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §105, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3554.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 295a, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §782, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2057, authorized grants and contracts for chiropractic demonstration projects, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §106(a)(1), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3557.

Another prior section 295a, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §762, as added Dec. 25, 1970, Pub. L. 91–696, §101, 84 Stat. 2080–2, authorized appropriations for former part D of this subchapter, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §220(c), Oct. 22, 1985, 99 Stat. 544.

Another prior section 295a, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §762, as added Oct. 31, 1963, Pub. L. 88–164, title I, §101, 77 Stat. 282, related to applications for grants for construction of mental retardation facilities, including their approval by Surgeon General and consideration of certain matters, prior to the general amendment of former part D of this subchapter by section 101 of Pub. L. 91–696.

A prior section 766 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294d of this title prior to the general amendment of part D of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105–392.

Another prior section 766 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295d–1 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–129.

Another prior section 766 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295d–1 of this title prior to the general amendment of part D of this subchapter by Pub. L. 91–696.

§295b. Public health traineeships

(a) In general

The Secretary may make grants to accredited schools of public health, and to other public or nonprofit private institutions accredited for the provision of graduate or specialized training in public health, for the purpose of assisting such schools and institutions in providing traineeships to individuals described in subsection (b)(3) of this section.

(b) Certain requirements

(1) Amount

The amount of any grant under this section shall be determined by the Secretary.

(2) Use of grant

Traineeships awarded under grants made under subsection (a) of this section shall provide for tuition and fees and such stipends and allowances (including travel and subsistence expenses and dependency allowances) for the trainees as the Secretary may deem necessary.

(3) Eligible individuals

The individuals referred to in subsection (a) of this section are individuals who are pursuing a course of study in a health professions field in which there is a severe shortage of health professionals (which fields include the fields of epidemiology, environmental health, biostatistics, toxicology, nutrition, and maternal and child health).

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §767, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §105, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3555.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 295b, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §763, as added Dec. 25, 1970, Pub. L. 91–696, §101, 84 Stat. 2080–2, authorized Secretary to make grants and to set limitations and conditions on grants, required applications for grants, limited use of grant funds, set forth method of payment of grants, and provided for protection of financial interests of the United States, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §220(c), Oct. 22, 1985, 99 Stat. 544.

Another prior section 295b, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §763, as added Oct. 31, 1963, Pub. L. 88–164, title I, §101, 77 Stat. 283, related to amount of grants for construction of mental retardation facilities, including maximum payments, advances or reimbursement, installments, conditions, and nonduplication of grants, prior to the general amendment of former part D of this subchapter by section 101 of Pub. L. 91–696.

A prior section 767 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295e–1 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–129.

Another prior section 767 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295d–2 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–129.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in section 295e of this title.

§295c. Preventive medicine; dental public health

(a) In general

The Secretary may make grants to and enter into contracts with schools of medicine, osteopathic medicine, public health, and dentistry to meet the costs of projects—

(1) to plan and develop new residency training programs and to maintain or improve existing residency training programs in preventive medicine and dental public health; and

(2) to provide financial assistance to residency trainees enrolled in such programs.

(b) Administration

(1) Amount

The amount of any grant under subsection (a) of this section shall be determined by the Secretary.

(2) Eligibility

To be eligible for a grant under subsection (a) of this section, the applicant must demonstrate to the Secretary that it has or will have available full-time faculty members with training and experience in the fields of preventive medicine or dental public health and support from other faculty members trained in public health and other relevant specialties and disciplines.

(3) Other funds

Schools of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, and public health may use funds committed by State, local, or county public health officers as matching amounts for Federal grant funds for residency training programs in preventive medicine.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §768, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §105, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3555.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 295c, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §764, as added Dec. 25, 1970, Pub. L. 91–696, §101, 84 Stat. 2080–2; amended Oct. 17, 1979, Pub. L. 96–88, title III, §301(a)(1), title V, §507, 93 Stat. 677, 692, established requirements of eligibility for grants, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §220(c), Oct. 22, 1985, 99 Stat. 544.

Another prior section 295c, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §764, as added Oct. 31, 1963, Pub. L. 88–164, title I, §101, 77 Stat. 283, related to recovery of expenditures under certain conditions respecting grants for construction of mental retardation facilities, prior to the general amendment of former part D of this subchapter by section 101 of Pub. L. 91–696.

§295d. Health administration traineeships and special projects

(a) In general

The Secretary may make grants to State or local governments (that have in effect preventive medical and dental public health residency programs) or public or nonprofit private educational entities (including graduate schools of social work and business schools that have health management programs) that offer a program described in subsection (b) of this section—

(1) to provide traineeships for students enrolled in such a program; and

(2) to assist accredited programs health administration in the development or improvement of programs to prepare students for employment with public or nonprofit private entities.

(b) Relevant programs

The program referred to in subsection (a) of this section is an accredited program in health administration, hospital administration, or health policy analysis and planning, which program is accredited by a body or bodies approved for such purpose by the Secretary of Education and which meets such other quality standards as the Secretary of Health and Human Services by regulation may prescribe.

(c) Preference in making grants

In making grants under subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary shall give preference to qualified applicants that meet the following conditions:

(1) Not less than 25 percent of the graduates of the applicant are engaged in full-time practice settings in medically underserved communities.

(2) The applicant recruits and admits students from medically underserved communities.

(3) For the purpose of training students, the applicant has established relationships with public and nonprofit providers of health care in the community involved.

(4) In training students, the applicant emphasizes employment with public or nonprofit private entities.

(d) Certain provisions regarding traineeships

(1) Use of grant

Traineeships awarded under grants made under subsection (a) of this section shall provide for tuition and fees and such stipends and allowances (including travel and subsistence expenses and dependency allowances) for the trainees as the Secretary may deem necessary.

(2) Preference for certain students

Each entity applying for a grant under subsection (a) of this section for traineeships shall assure to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the entity will give priority to awarding the traineeships to students who demonstrate a commitment to employment with public or nonprofit private entities in the fields with respect to which the traineeships are awarded.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §769, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §105, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3556.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 295d, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §765, as added Dec. 25, 1970, Pub. L. 91–696, §101, 84 Stat. 2080–3; amended Oct. 17, 1979, Pub. L. 96–88, title III, §301(a)(1), title V, §507, 93 Stat. 677, 692, related to requisites for approval of grants, establishment of separate medical school departments of family medicine, establishment of special hospital programs of family medicine, and supplementation of non-Federal funds, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §220(c), Oct. 22, 1985, 99 Stat. 544.

Another prior section 295d, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §765, as added Oct. 31, 1963, Pub. L. 88–164, title I, §101, 77 Stat. 284, related to noninterference with administration of institutions respecting grants for construction of mental retardation facilities, prior to the general amendment of former part D of this subchapter by section 101 of Pub. L. 91–696.

Prior sections 295d–1 and 295d–2 were repealed by Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §220(c), Oct. 22, 1985, 99 Stat. 544.

Section 295d–1, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §766, as added Dec. 25, 1970, Pub. L. 91–696, §101, 84 Stat. 2080–4, related to establishment and funding of planning and developmental grants.

Another prior section 295d–1, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §766, as added Oct. 31, 1963, Pub. L. 88–164, title I, §101, 77 Stat. 284, related to definitions in connection with grants for construction of mental retardation research facilities, prior to the general amendment of former part D of this subchapter by section 101 of Pub. L. 91–696.

Section 295d–2, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §767, as added Dec. 25, 1970, Pub. L. 91–696, §101, 84 Stat. 2080–4, established Advisory Council on Family Medicine and provided for its composition, term and compensation of its members, and its duties and functions.

§295e. Authorization of appropriations

(a) In general

For the purpose of carrying out this subpart, there is authorized to be appropriated $9,100,000 for fiscal year 1998, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1999 through 2002.

(b) Limitation regarding certain program

In obligating amounts appropriated under subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary may not obligate more than 30 percent for carrying out section 295b of this title.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §770, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §105, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3556.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 295e, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §768, as added Dec. 25, 1970, Pub. L. 91–696, §101, 84 Stat. 2080–5, set forth definitions for former part D of this subchapter, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §220(c), Oct. 22, 1985, 99 Stat. 544.

Another prior section 295e consisted of section 766 of act July 1, 1944. The classification of section 766 of act July 1, 1944, was changed to section 295d–1 of this title for purposes of codification.

Prior sections 295e–1 to 295e–5 were repealed by Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §220(c), Oct. 22, 1985, 99 Stat. 544.

Section 295e–1, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §767, as added Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §107(b), 85 Stat. 457; amended Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(g), 90 Stat. 2244, authorized appropriations for grants to public or nonprofit private hospitals for training, traineeships, and fellowships in family medicine.

Section 295e–2, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §768, as added Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §107(b), 85 Stat. 458; amended Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(h), 90 Stat. 2244, established grants for postgraduate training programs for physicians and dentists and authorized appropriations for those grants.

Section 295e–3, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §769, as added Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §107(b), 85 Stat. 459; amended Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(i), 90 Stat. 2245, authorized the Secretary to make grants for training, traineeships, and fellowships for health professions teaching personnel and authorized appropriations for those grants.

Section 295e–4, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §769A, as added Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §107(b), 85 Stat. 459; amended Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(j), 90 Stat. 2245, authorized appropriations for grants for computer technology health care demonstration programs.

Section 295e–5, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §769B, as added Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §107(b), 85 Stat. 460, required applications for grants and approval of grants by Secretary and set forth payment limitations.

Prior sections 295f to 295f–3 were repealed by act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §773, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §606(b), 102 Stat. 3127, effective Oct. 1, 1990.

Section 295f, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §770, as added Oct. 22, 1965, Pub. L. 89–290, §2(a), 79 Stat. 1052; amended Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §111(a), 82 Stat. 774; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §104(a), 85 Stat. 437; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(k), title V, §501(a)–(c), 90 Stat. 2245, 2290, 2291; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2746(a)(1), 95 Stat. 927; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §211(a)(1), 99 Stat. 537; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §606(a), 102 Stat. 3127, related to capitation grants for schools of public health.

Section 295f–1, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §771, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title V, §502, 90 Stat. 2293; amended Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(i), 91 Stat. 391; Dec. 19, 1977, Pub. L. 95–215, §§1(a), 2, 91 Stat. 1503, 1504; Nov. 9, 1978, Pub. L. 95–623, §§11(g), 12(d), 92 Stat. 3456, 3457; Sept. 29, 1979, Pub. L. 96–76, title II, §207, 93 Stat. 583; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2746(a)(2), 95 Stat. 927; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §211(b), 99 Stat. 539, related to eligibility for capitation grants.

Another prior section 295f–1, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §771, as added Oct. 22, 1965, Pub. L. 89–290, §2(a), 79 Stat. 1052; amended Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §111(a), 82 Stat. 775; Nov. 2, 1970, Pub. L. 91–519, title I, §101(a), 84 Stat. 1343; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §104(a), 85 Stat. 443; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(l), 90 Stat. 2245, authorized start-up assistance, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title V, §502, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2293, effective with respect to fiscal years beginning after Sept. 30, 1977.

Section 295f–2, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §772, formerly §775, as added Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §104(a), 85 Stat. 448; renumbered §772 and amended Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title V, §503(a), 90 Stat. 2300; Dec. 19, 1977, Pub. L. 95–215, §§1(b), 8(c), 91 Stat. 1504, 1507; Nov. 9, 1978, Pub. L. 95–623, §12(j), 92 Stat. 3457; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §211(c), 99 Stat. 539, related to applications for capitation grants.

Another prior section 295f–2, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §772, as added Oct. 22, 1965, Pub. L. 89–290, §2(a), 79 Stat. 1053; amended Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §111(a), (e), 82 Stat. 776, 777; Nov. 2, 1970, Pub. L. 91–519, title I, §102(a), 84 Stat. 1343; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §104(a), 85 Stat. 444; Nov. 16, 1973, Pub. L. 93–154, §3(b), 87 Stat. 604; July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–348, title II, §215, 88 Stat. 354; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(m), 90 Stat. 2245, provided special project grants and contracts, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title V, §502, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2293, effective with respect to fiscal years beginning after Sept. 30, 1977.

Section 295f–3, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §773, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §606(b), 102 Stat. 3127, provided for repeal of former part D of this subchapter, effective Oct. 1, 1990.

Another prior section 295f–3, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §773, as added Oct. 22, 1965, Pub. L. 89–290, §2(a), 79 Stat. 1053; amended Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §111(b), 82 Stat. 776; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §104(a), 85 Stat. 446; July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–348, title I, §106, 88 Stat. 347; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(n), 90 Stat. 2245, authorized grants to assist health professions schools which were in financial distress, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title V, §502, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2293, effective with respect to fiscal years beginning after Sept. 30, 1977.

A prior section 295f–4, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §774, as added Oct. 22, 1965, Pub. L. 89–290, §2(a), 79 Stat. 1054; amended Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §111(c)(1), (2), 82 Stat. 777; Oct. 30, 1970, Pub. L. 91–515, title VI, §601(b)(2), 84 Stat. 1311; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §104(a), 85 Stat. 446; Nov. 16, 1973, Pub. L. 93–154, §3(c), 87 Stat. 605; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(o), 90 Stat. 2245, authorized health manpower education initiative awards prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title V, §502, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2293, effective with respect to fiscal years beginning after Sept. 30, 1977.

A prior section 295f–5, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §775, as added Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §104(a), 85 Stat. 448, which related to applications for capitation, start-up, special project, and financial distress grants, was renumbered section 772 of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 94–484 and transferred to section 295f–2 of this title.

A prior section 295f–6, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §776, as added Nov. 16, 1973, Pub. L. 93–154, §3(a), 87 Stat. 604, which related to training in emergency medical services, was renumbered section 789 of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 94–484 and transferred to section 295g–9 of this title.

Prior sections 295g to 295g–2 were omitted in the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Section 295g, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §780, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title VIII, §801(a), 90 Stat. 2311; amended Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2738, 95 Stat. 921; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title I, §103, title II, §212, 99 Stat. 523, 540; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §§607, 629(b)(1), 102 Stat. 3127, 3146; Aug. 16, 1989, Pub. L. 101–93, §5(o)(3), 103 Stat. 614, related to project grants for establishment of departments of family medicine.

Another prior section 295g, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §780, as added Oct. 22, 1965, Pub. L. 89–290, §2(a), 79 Stat. 1055; amended Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §§111(c)(4), 122(a) to (c), 82 Stat. 777, 779; July 9, 1971, Pub. L. 92–52, §2, 85 Stat. 144; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §§106(a), (b)(3), (4), 108(b)(2), title III, §301(g), 85 Stat. 452, 453, 461, 464; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(p), 90 Stat. 2245, related to scholarship grants for study in United States, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §409(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2290, effective Oct. 1, 1976.

Section 295g–1, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §781, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title VIII, §801(a), 90 Stat. 2312; amended Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(j), 91 Stat. 392; Sept. 29, 1979, Pub. L. 96–76, title II, §203, 93 Stat. 582; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2739, 95 Stat. 921; Jan. 4, 1983, Pub. L. 97–414, §8(j), 96 Stat. 2061; Aug. 15, 1985, Pub. L. 99–91, §7, 99 Stat. 392; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title I, §104, title II, §213, 99 Stat. 523, 540; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §§608, 629(b)(3), 102 Stat. 3127, 3146; Aug. 16, 1989, Pub. L. 101–93, §5(o)(3), (5), (6), 103 Stat. 614; Nov. 16, 1990, Pub. L. 101–597, title IV, §401(b)[(a)], 104 Stat. 3035, related to area health education centers.

Another prior section 295g–1, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §781, as added Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title I, §122(d), 82 Stat. 779; amended Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §§105(f)(3), 106(b)(4), 85 Stat. 451, 453, provided for transfer of monies to student loan fund, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §409(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2290, effective Oct. 1, 1976.

Section 295g–2, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §782, formerly §788A, as added Aug. 18, 1987, Pub. L. 100–97, §3, 101 Stat. 713; renumbered §782 and amended Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §614, 102 Stat. 3136; amended Aug. 16, 1989, Pub. L. 101–93, §5(i), 103 Stat. 613; Nov. 6, 1990, Pub. L. 101–527, §4(a), 104 Stat. 2318, provided for programs of excellence in health professions education for minorities. See section 293 of this title.

Another prior section 295g–2, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §782, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title VIII, §801(a), 90 Stat. 2314; amended Nov. 9, 1978, Pub. L. 95–623, §12(e), 92 Stat. 3457, authorized Secretary to make grants to schools of medicine and osteopathy for programs to train United States citizens formerly enrolled in medical schools in foreign countries, authorized appropriations for those grants, and set forth reporting requirements, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §220(d), Oct. 22, 1985, 99 Stat. 544.

A prior section 295g–3, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §783, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title VIII, §801(a), 90 Stat. 2314; amended Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2740, 95 Stat. 922; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title I, §105, 99 Stat. 524, related to programs for physician assistants, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §615(b), Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3138.

Prior sections 295g–4 to 295g–8 were omitted in the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Section 295g–4, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §784, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title VIII, §801(a), 90 Stat. 2315; amended Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2741, 95 Stat. 922; Jan. 4, 1983, Pub. L. 97–414, §9(f), 96 Stat. 2064; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title I, §106, title II, §214, 99 Stat. 524, 540; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §609, 102 Stat. 3130; Nov. 18, 1988, Pub. L. 100–690, title II, §2615(c), 102 Stat. 4239; Aug. 16, 1989, Pub. L. 101–93, §5(o)(3), 103 Stat. 614, related to grants and contracts for training, traineeships, and fellowships in general internal medicine and general pediatrics.

Section 295g–5, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §785, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §610(a)(2), 102 Stat. 3130, related to residency programs in the general practice of dentistry.

Another prior section 295g–5, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §785, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title VIII, §801(a), 90 Stat. 2315, established grants to public or private nonprofit colleges or universities for occupational health training and education centers and authorized appropriations for those grants, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §220(e), Oct. 22, 1985, 99 Stat. 544.

Section 295g–6, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §786, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title VIII, §801(a), 90 Stat. 2316; amended Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2742, 95 Stat. 923; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title I, §107, title II, §215, 99 Stat. 524, 540; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §610(a)(1), (b), 102 Stat. 3130, 3131; Aug. 16, 1989, Pub. L. 101–93, §5(o)(3), (6), 103 Stat. 614, related to grants and contracts for specified family medicine programs. See section 293k of this title.

Section 295g–7, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §787, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title VIII, §801(a), 90 Stat. 2317; amended Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2743, 95 Stat. 923; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title I, §108, title II, §216, 99 Stat. 524, 541; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §§611(a)–(e), 628(10), 629(b)(2), 102 Stat. 3131, 3132, 3146; Nov. 18, 1988, Pub. L. 100–690, title II, §2615(d), (e), 102 Stat. 4239; Aug. 16, 1989, Pub. L. 101–93, §5(h), (o)(2), 103 Stat. 612, 614, related to educational assistance to individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds. See section 293c of this title.

Section 295g–7a, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §787A, as added and amended Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §§612, 629(b)(2), 102 Stat. 3132, 3146, related to a retention program for health professions schools with individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds. See section 293 et seq. of this title.

Section 295g–8, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §788, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title VIII, §801(a), 90 Stat. 2318; amended Nov. 9, 1978, Pub. L. 95–623, §12(f), 92 Stat. 3457; Sept. 29, 1979, Pub. L. 96–76, title II, §205, 93 Stat. 583; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2744(a)(1), (b)–(f), 95 Stat. 923, 924; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title I, §109, title II, §217, 99 Stat. 524, 541; Nov. 14, 1986, Pub. L. 99–660, title VI, §601, 100 Stat. 3797; Dec. 1, 1987, Pub. L. 100–177, title IV, §401, 101 Stat. 1007; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §§613(a), 628(11), 629(b)(2), 102 Stat. 3133, 3146; Aug. 16, 1989, Pub. L. 101–93, §5(o)(2), (3), 103 Stat. 614; July 23, 1992, Pub. L. 102–325, title XV, §1559, 106 Stat. 841, related to grants and contracts for special projects.

Another prior section 295g–8, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §788A, as added Aug. 18, 1987, Pub. L. 100–97, §3, 101 Stat. 713, which related to grants for minority education, was renumbered section 782 of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 100–607 and transferred to section 295g–2 of this title.

A prior section 295g–8a, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §788A, as added Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2745, 95 Stat. 925, authorized Secretary to make grants or enter into contracts with schools in serious financial distress to assist their operations, under certain terms and conditions, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §220(f)(1), Oct. 22, 1985, 99 Stat. 544.

Prior sections 295g–8b to 295g–10 were omitted in the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Section 295g–8b, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §788A, formerly §788B, as added Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2745, 95 Stat. 926; amended Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title I, §110, title II, §§218, 220(f)(2)–(4), 99 Stat. 524, 543, 544; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §§622, 629(b)(2), 102 Stat. 3141, 3146; Nov. 18, 1988, Pub. L. 100–690, title II, §2615(g), 102 Stat. 4239; renumbered §788A and amended Aug. 16, 1989, Pub. L. 101–93, §5(k), (o)(4), 103 Stat. 613, 614, related to training with respect to acquired immune deficiency syndrome. See section 300ff–111 of this title.

Another prior section 788A of act July 1, 1944, was renumbered section 782 by section 614(a) of Pub. L. 100–607, as amended, and classified to section 295g–2 of this title.

Section 295g–9, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §789, as added and amended Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §§615(a), 629(b)(1), 102 Stat. 3136, 3146; Aug. 16, 1989, Pub. L. 101–93, §5(o)(3), 103 Stat. 614, related to geriatric education centers and geriatric training.

Another prior section 295g–9, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §789, formerly §776, as added Nov. 16, 1973, Pub. L. 93–154, §3(a), 87 Stat. 604; renumbered §789, Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title VIII, §801(b), 90 Stat. 2322; amended Oct. 21, 1976, Pub. L. 94–573, §12, 90 Stat. 2717; July 10, 1979, Pub. L. 96–32, §7(h), 93 Stat. 84; Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(k), 91 Stat. 392; Dec. 12, 1979, Pub. L. 96–142, title I, §102, 93 Stat. 1067, authorized Secretary to make grants and enter into contracts for training in emergency medical services, set forth eligibility requirements and amounts, directed Secretary to use a uniform funding cycle, and authorized appropriations for those grants and contracts, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–129, title II, §220(g), Oct. 22, 1985, 99 Stat. 544.

Section 295g–10, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §790, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title VIII, §801(c), 90 Stat. 2322; amended Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §616(a), (b), 102 Stat. 3138, provided general provisions.

A prior section 295g–10a, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §633, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3147, required with respect to the application and award process for certain health personnel training programs the semiannual issuance of solicitations for grant applications and the preliminary review of applications for technical sufficiency, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–408, title III, §311, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2091.

A prior section 295g–11, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §790A, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §617, 102 Stat. 3140, related to public health special projects, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 295g–11, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §785, as added Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §106(b)(6), 85 Stat. 453; amended Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(q), 90 Stat. 2245, provided scholarship grants for study abroad, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §409(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2290, effective Oct. 1, 1976.

Prior sections 295g–21 to 295g–23 were repealed by Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §409(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2290, effective Oct. 1, 1976.

Section 295g–21, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §784, as added Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §106(c), 85 Stat. 455, provided scholarship grants in relation to physician shortage area scholarship program.

Section 295g–22, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §785, as added Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §106(c), 85 Stat. 457, related to administration of and contractual arrangements for implementation of the physician shortage area scholarship program.

Section 295g–23, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §786, as added Nov. 18, 1971 Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §106(c), 85 Stat. 457; amended Apr. 22, 1976, Pub. L. 94–278, title XI, §1104, 90 Stat. 416; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(r), 90 Stat. 2246, authorized appropriations for physician shortage area scholarships in amount of $2,500,000; $3,000,000; $3,500,000; $3,500,000; and $2,000,000 for fiscal years ending June 30, 1972, through 1976, and for fiscal years ending Sept. 30, 1977, and thereafter such sums necessary to continue making grants to students who prior to July 1, 1976, received grants and were eligible for grants during the succeeding fiscal year.

A prior section 295h, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §791, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title VII, §701(a), 90 Stat. 2303; amended Oct. 17, 1979, Pub. L. 96–88, title III, §301(a)(1), title V, §507, 93 Stat. 677, 692; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2746(b)(1), 95 Stat. 927; Jan. 4, 1983, Pub. L. 97–414, §8(k)(2), 96 Stat. 2061; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title I, §111, title II, §219, 99 Stat. 524, 543; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §618, 102 Stat. 3140; Nov. 18, 1988, Pub. L. 100–690, title II, §2615(f), 102 Stat. 4239; Aug. 16, 1989, Pub. L. 101–93, §5(j), 103 Stat. 613, related to grants for graduate programs in health administration, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 295h, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §791, as added Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89–751, §2, 80 Stat. 1222; amended Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title III, §301(a)(1), 82 Stat. 788; Nov. 2, 1970, Pub. L. 91–519, title II, §201, 84 Stat. 1344, provided for grants for construction of teaching facilities of allied health professions personnel, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 94–484.

A prior section 295h–1, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §792, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title VII, §701(a), 90 Stat. 2304; amended Nov. 10, 1978, Pub. L. 95–626, title I, §121, 92 Stat. 3570; Sept. 29, 1979, Pub. L. 96–76, title II, §206(b), 93 Stat. 583, related to special projects for accredited schools of public health and graduate programs in health administration, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2746(c), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 927.

Another prior section 295h–1, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §792, as added Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89–751, §2, 80 Stat. 1226; amended Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title III, §301(a)(2), 82 Stat. 788; Nov. 2, 1970, Pub. L. 91–519, title II, §202(a), (b), 84 Stat. 1344, 1345; June 18, 1973, Pub. L. 93–45, title I, §109(a), (b), 87 Stat. 93; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(s)(1), (2), 90 Stat. 2246, provided for grants to improve quality of training centers for allied health professions, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 94–484.

Prior sections 295h–1a to 295h–2 were omitted in the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Section 295h–1a, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §791A, formerly §749, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §408(a), 90 Stat. 2280; amended Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(f), 91 Stat. 391; Oct. 17, 1979, Pub. L. 96–88, title III, §301(a)(1), title V, §507, 93 Stat. 677, 692; renumbered §791A and amended Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2746(b)(2), 95 Stat. 927; Jan. 4, 1983, Pub. L. 97–414, §8(k)(1), 96 Stat. 2061; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title I, §112, 99 Stat. 525; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §619, 102 Stat. 3140, related to traineeships for students in other graduate programs.

Section 295h–1b, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §792; formerly §748, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title IV, §408(a), 90 Stat. 2279; amended Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(f), 91 Stat. 391; Dec. 19, 1977, Pub. L. 95–215, §3, 91 Stat. 1504; Sept. 29, 1979, Pub. L. 96–76, title II, §206(a), 93 Stat. 583; renumbered §792 and amended Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2746(d), 95 Stat. 927; Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title I, §113, 99 Stat. 525; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §621, 102 Stat. 3141, related to traineeships for students in schools of public health.

Another prior section 792 of act July 1, 1944, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title VII, §701(a), 90 Stat. 2304, was classified to section 295h–1 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2746(c), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 927.

Section 295h–1c, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §793, as added Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2746(f), 95 Stat. 928; amended Oct. 22, 1985, Pub. L. 99–129, title I, §114, 99 Stat. 525; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §629(b)(2), 102 Stat. 3146, related to training in preventive medicine.

Another prior section 793 of act July 1, 1944, was renumbered section 794 by Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2746(f), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 928, and classified to section 295h–2 of this title.

Section 295h–2, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §794, formerly §793, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title VII, §701(a), 90 Stat. 2305; amended S. Res. No. 4, Feb. 4, 1977; Nov. 9, 1978, Pub. L. 95–623, §12(g), 92 Stat. 3457; S. Res. No. 30, Mar. 7, 1979; H. Res. No. 549, Mar. 25, 1980; renumbered §794, Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–35, title XXVII, §2746(f), 95 Stat. 928, related to statistics and annual report to Congress.

Another prior section 295h–2, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §793, as added Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89–751, §2, 80 Stat. 1228; amended Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title III, §301(a)(3), 82 Stat. 788; Nov. 2, 1970, Pub. L. 91–519, title II, §203, 84 Stat. 1436; June 18, 1973, Pub. L. 93–45, title I, §109(c), 87 Stat. 93; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(s)(3), 90 Stat. 2246, provided traineeships for advanced training of allied health professions personnel, including authorization of appropriations, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 94–484.

Another prior section 794 of act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, as added Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89–751, §2, 80 Stat. 1228, was classified to section 294h–3 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 91–519, title II, §202(d), Nov. 2, 1970, 84 Stat. 1345.

A prior section 295h–3, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §794, as added Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89–751, §2, 80 Stat. 1228; amended Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title III, §301(a)(4), (b), 82 Stat. 788, authorized appropriations for grants to public or nonprofit private agencies, institutions, and organizations for projects to develop, demonstrate, or evaluate curriculums and methods for the training of health technologists, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 91–519, title II, §202(d), Nov. 2, 1970, 84 Stat. 1345, effective with respect to the fiscal year beginning July 1, 1970.

Prior sections 295h–3a to 295h–3d were omitted in the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 94–484.

Section 295h–3a, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §794A, as added Nov. 2, 1970, Pub. L. 91–519, title II, §204, 84 Stat. 1346; amended June 18, 1973, Pub. L. 93–45, title I, §109(d), 87 Stat. 93; Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title I, §101(s)(4), 90 Stat. 2246, provided for grants and contracts to encourage full utilization of educational talent for allied health professions and authorizing appropriations.

Section 295h–3b, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §794B, as added Nov. 2, 1970, Pub. L. 91–519, title II, §204, 84 Stat. 1346, provided for scholarship grants for training in allied health professions.

Section 295h–3c, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §794C, as added Nov. 2, 1970, Pub. L. 91–519, title II, §204, 84 Stat. 1347, provided for work-study programs in training in allied health professions.

Section 295h–3d, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §794D, as added Nov. 2, 1970, Pub. L. 91–519, title II, §204, 84 Stat. 1349; amended Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title III, §301(e), 85 Stat. 464, provided for loans for students of allied health professions.

Prior sections 295h–4 to 295h–7 were omitted in the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Section 295h–4, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §795, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title VII, §701(a), 90 Stat. 2306; amended Oct. 17, 1979, Pub. L. 96–88, title III, §301(a)(1), title V, §507, 93 Stat. 677, 692, defined "allied health personnel", "training center for allied health professions", and "nonprofit". See section 295p of this title.

Another prior section 295h–4, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §795, as added Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89–751, §2, 80 Stat. 1228; amended Dec. 5, 1967, Pub. L. 90–174, §12(e), 81 Stat. 542; Nov. 2, 1970, Pub. L. 91–519, title II, §202(c), 84 Stat. 1344; Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title III, §301(f), 85 Stat. 464, defined "training center for allied health professions"; "full-time student"; "nonprofit"; "construction" and "cost of construction"; and "affiliated hospital", prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 94–484.

Section 295h–5, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §796, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title VII, §701(a), 90 Stat. 2307; amended Aug. 1, 1977, Pub. L. 95–83, title III, §307(l), (m), 91 Stat. 392; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §624, 102 Stat. 3143; Nov. 18, 1988, Pub. L. 100–690, title II, §2615(f) [(h)], 102 Stat. 4240, related to project grants and contracts with eligible entities to improve the effectiveness of allied health administration and practitioners. See section 294e of this title.

Another prior section 295h–5, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §796, as added Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89–751, §2, 80 Stat. 1230, provided for keeping of records and audits in relation to training in allied health professions, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 94–484.

Section 295h–6, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §797, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title VII, §701(a), 90 Stat. 2308; amended Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §625, 102 Stat. 3144, related to traineeships for advanced training of allied health personnel.

Another prior section 295h–6, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §797, as added Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title III, §301(c), 82 Stat. 788, authorized the use of up to one-half of one per centum of appropriated funds for evaluation of programs covered thereby, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 91–296, title IV, §401(b)(1)(E), June 30, 1970, 84 Stat. 352, effective with respect to appropriations for fiscal years beginning after June 30, 1970.

Section 295h–7, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §798, as added Oct. 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–484, title VII, §701(a), 90 Stat. 2309, related to educational assistance to disadvantaged individuals in allied health training.

Another prior section 295h–7, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §798, as added Aug. 16, 1968, Pub. L. 90–490, title III, §301(d), 82 Stat. 788; amended Nov. 2, 1970, Pub. L. 91–519, title II, §205, 84 Stat. 1354, directed Secretary to conduct a study of the allied health programs, prior to the general amendment of this part by Pub. L. 94–484.

A prior section 295h–8, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §799, as added Nov. 2, 1970, Pub. L. 91–519, title II, §206, 84 Stat. 1354; amended Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §109, 85 Stat. 461, which related to advance funding, was renumbered section 703 of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 94–484 and transferred to section 292c of this title.

A prior section 295h–9, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §799A, as added Nov. 2, 1970, Pub. L. 91–519, title II, §207, 84 Stat. 1355, §704; amended Nov. 18, 1971, Pub. L. 92–157, title I, §110(2), 85 Stat. 461; July 12, 1974, Pub. L. 93–348, title I, §105, 88 Stat. 347, which related to sexual discrimination, was renumbered section 704 of act July 1, 1944, by Pub. L. 94–484 and transferred to section 292d of this title.

A prior section 295i, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §799, as added Apr. 7, 1986, Pub. L. 99–272, title XVII, §17001, 100 Stat. 357; amended Oct. 25, 1988, Pub. L. 100–527, §10(4), 102 Stat. 2641; Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §§627, 629(b)(1), 102 Stat. 3145, 3146; Aug. 16, 1989, Pub. L. 101–93, §5(o)(3), 103 Stat. 614; Oct. 9, 1992, Pub. L. 102–405, title III, §302(e)(1), 106 Stat. 1985, established a Council on Graduate Medical Education, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408. See section 294o of this title.

Part F—General Provisions

Amendments

1998Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §106(a)(2)(A), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3557, redesignated part G as F.

§295j. Preferences and required information in certain programs

(a) Preferences in making awards

(1) In general

Subject to paragraph (2), in making awards of grants or contracts under any of sections 293k and 294 of this title, the Secretary shall give preference to any qualified applicant that—

(A) has a high rate for placing graduates in practice settings having the principal focus of serving residents of medically underserved communities; or

(B) during the 2-year period preceding the fiscal year for which such an award is sought, has achieved a significant increase in the rate of placing graduates in such settings.

(2) Limitation regarding peer review

For purposes of paragraph (1), the Secretary may not give an applicant preference if the proposal of the applicant is ranked at or below the 20th percentile of proposals that have been recommended for approval by peer review groups.

(b) "Graduate" defined

For purposes of this section, the term "graduate" means, unless otherwise specified, an individual who has successfully completed all training and residency requirements necessary for full certification in the health profession selected by the individual.

(c) Exceptions for new programs

(1) In general

To permit new programs to compete equitably for funding under this section, those new programs that meet at least 4 of the criteria described in paragraph (3) shall qualify for a funding preference under this section.

(2) Definition

As used in this subsection, the term "new program" means any program that has graduated less than three classes. Upon graduating at least three classes, a program shall have the capability to provide the information necessary to qualify the program for the general funding preferences described in subsection (a) of this section.

(3) Criteria

The criteria referred to in paragraph (1) are the following:

(A) The mission statement of the program identifies a specific purpose of the program as being the preparation of health professionals to serve underserved populations.

(B) The curriculum of the program includes content which will help to prepare practitioners to serve underserved populations.

(C) Substantial clinical training experience is required under the program in medically underserved communities.

(D) A minimum of 20 percent of the clinical faculty of the program spend at least 50 percent of their time providing or supervising care in medically underserved communities.

(E) The entire program or a substantial portion of the program is physically located in a medically underserved community.

(F) Student assistance, which is linked to service in medically underserved communities following graduation, is available to the students in the program.

(G) The program provides a placement mechanism for deploying graduates to medically underserved communities.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §791, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2058; amended Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §313(a)(5), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3507; Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §§106(a)(2)(B), 107, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3557, 3560.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 295j, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §799A, as added Nov. 4, 1988, Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §637(a), 102 Stat. 3149; amended Nov. 18, 1988, Pub. L. 100–690, title II, §2615(g)[(i)], 102 Stat. 4240; Aug. 16, 1989, Pub. L. 101–93, §5(n), 103 Stat. 613, related to grants and contracts to provide health care in rural areas, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 295j, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §799A, as added Nov. 23, 1988, Pub. L. 100–713, title VII, §714, 102 Stat. 4834, relating to grants and contracts to provide health care in rural areas, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 100–607, title VI, §637(b), Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3151. Subsequently, section 637(b) of Pub. L. 100–607 was repealed by Pub. L. 101–93, §5(n)(1), Aug. 16, 1989, 103 Stat. 613, and section 5(n)(2) of Pub. L. 101–93 amended this subchapter to read as if the amendment made by section 714 of Pub. L. 100–713 had not been enacted.

A prior section 791 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295h of this title prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–392, §107(b)(1), substituted "sections 293k and 294 of this title" for "sections 293k through 293o of this title, under section 294b of this title, or under section 294d or 294e of this title" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 105–392, §107(b)(2), struck out "under section 295o(a) of this title" before period at end.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–392, §106(a)(2)(B), redesignated subsec. (c) as (b) and struck out former subsec. (b) which required submission of certain information by applicant.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–392, §§106(a)(2)(B)(ii), 107(a), added subsec. (c) and redesignated former subsec. (c) as (b).

1992—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102–531, in introductory provisions, inserted references to sections 294d and 294e of this title and substituted reference to section 295o(f)(2) of this title for reference to section 293p(a) of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–531 effective immediately after enactment of Pub. L. 102–408, see section 313(c) of Pub. L. 102–531, set out as a note under section 292y of this title.

Required Assurances Regarding Bloodborne Diseases

Section 308 of Pub. L. 102–408 provided that: "With respect to awards of grants or contracts under title VII or VIII of the Public Health Service Act [this subchapter or subchapter VI of this chapter], the Secretary of Health and Human Services may make such an award for the provision of traineeships only if the applicant for the award provides assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that all trainees will, as appropriate, receive instruction in the utilization of universal precautions and infection control procedures for the prevention of the transmission of bloodborne diseases."

§295k. Health professions data

(a) In general

The Secretary shall establish a program, including a uniform health professions data reporting system, to collect, compile, and analyze data on health professions personnel which program shall initially include data respecting all physicians and dentists in the States. The Secretary is authorized to expand the program to include, whenever he determines it necessary, the collection, compilation, and analysis of data respecting pharmacists, optometrists, podiatrists, veterinarians, public health personnel, audiologists, speech pathologists, health care administration personnel, nurses, allied health personnel, medical technologists, chiropractors, clinical psychologists, professional counselors, and any other health personnel in States designated by the Secretary to be included in the program. Such data shall include data respecting the training, licensure status (including permanent, temporary, partial, limited, or institutional), place or places of practice, professional specialty, practice characteristics, place and date of birth, sex, and socioeconomic background of health professions personnel and such other demographic information regarding health professions personnel as the Secretary may require.

(b) Certain authorities and requirements

(1) Sources of information

In carrying out subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary shall collect available information from appropriate local, State, and Federal agencies and other appropriate sources.

(2) Contracts for studies of health professions

The Secretary shall conduct or enter into contracts for the conduct of analytic and descriptive studies of the health professions, including evaluations and projections of the supply of, and requirements for, the health professions by specialty and geographic location. Such studies shall include studies determining by specialty and geographic location the number of health professionals (including allied health professionals and health care administration personnel) who are members of minority groups, including Hispanics, and studies providing by specialty and geographic location evaluations and projections of the supply of, and requirements for, health professionals (including allied health professionals and health care administration personnel) to serve minority groups, including Hispanics.

(3) Grants and contracts regarding States

The Secretary is authorized to make grants and to enter into contracts with States (or an appropriate nonprofit private entity in any State) for the purpose of participating in the program established under subsection (a) of this section. The Secretary shall determine the amount and scope of any such grant or contract. To be eligible for a grant or contract under this paragraph a State or entity shall submit an application in such form and manner and containing such information as the Secretary shall require. Such application shall include reasonable assurance, satisfactory to the Secretary, that—

(A) such State (or nonprofit entity within a State) will establish a program of mandatory annual registration of the health professions personnel described in subsection (a) of this section who reside or practice in such State and of health institutions licensed by such State, which registration shall include such information as the Secretary shall determine to be appropriate;

(B) such State or entity shall collect such information and report it to the Secretary in such form and manner as the Secretary shall prescribe; and

(C) such State or entity shall comply with the requirements of subsection (e) of this section.

(d) 1 Reports to Congress

The Secretary shall submit to the Congress on October 1, 1993, and biennially thereafter, the following reports:

(1) A comprehensive report regarding the status of health personnel according to profession, including a report regarding the analytic and descriptive studies conducted under this section.

(2) A comprehensive report regarding applicants to, and students enrolled in, programs and institutions for the training of health personnel, including descriptions and analyses of student indebtedness, student need for financial assistance, financial resources to meet the needs of students, student career choices such as practice specialty and geographic location and the relationship, if any, between student indebtedness and career choices.

(e) Requirements regarding personal data

(1) In general

The Secretary and each program entity shall in securing and maintaining any record of individually identifiable personal data (hereinafter in this subsection referred to as "personal data") for purposes of this section—

(A) inform any individual who is asked to supply personal data whether he is legally required, or may refuse, to supply such data and inform him of any specific consequences, known to the Secretary or program entity, as the case may be, of providing or not providing such data;

(B) upon request, inform any individual if he is the subject of personal data secured or maintained by the Secretary or program entity, as the case may be, and make the data available to him in a form comprehensible to him;

(C) assure that no use is made of personal data which use is not within the purposes of this section unless an informed consent has been obtained from the individual who is the subject of such data; and

(D) upon request, inform any individual of the use being made of personal data respecting such individual and of the identity of the individuals and entities which will use the data and their relationship to the programs under this section.

(2) Consent as precondition to disclosure

Any entity which maintains a record of personal data and which receives a request from the Secretary or a program entity for such data for purposes of this section shall not transfer any such data to the Secretary or to a program entity unless the individual whose personal data is to be so transferred gives an informed consent for such transfer.

(3) Disclosure by Secretary

(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, personal data collected by the Secretary or any program entity under this section may not be made available or disclosed by the Secretary or any program entity to any person other than the individual who is the subject of such data unless (i) such person requires such data for purposes of this section, or (ii) in response to a demand for such data made by means of compulsory legal process. Any individual who is the subject of personal data made available or disclosed under clause (ii) shall be notified of the demand for such data.

(B) Subject to all applicable laws regarding confidentiality, only the data collected by the Secretary under this section which is not personal data shall be made available to bona fide researchers and policy analysts (including the Congress) for the purposes of assisting in the conduct of studies respecting health professions personnel.

(4) "Program entity" defined

For purposes of this subsection, the term "program entity" means any public or private entity which collects, compiles, or analyzes health professions data under a grant, contract, or other arrangement with the Secretary under this section.

(g) 2 Technical assistance

The Secretary shall provide technical assistance to the States and political subdivisions thereof in the development of systems (including model laws) concerning confidentiality and comparability of data collected pursuant to this section.

(h) Grants and contracts regarding nonprofit entities

(1) In general

In carrying out subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary may make grants, or enter into contracts and cooperative agreements with, and provide technical assistance to, any nonprofit entity in order to establish a uniform allied health professions data reporting system to collect, compile, and analyze data on the allied health professions personnel.

(2) Reports

With respect to reports required in subsection (d) of this section, each such report made on or after October 1, 1991, shall include a description and analysis of data collected pursuant to paragraph (1).

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §792, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2058; amended Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §106(b), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3559.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 792 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295h–1b of this title prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 792 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295h–1 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 97–35.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–392 inserted "professional counselors," after "clinical psychologists,".

Study Regarding Shortages of Licensed Pharmacists

Pub. L. 106–129, §5, Dec. 6, 1999, 113 Stat. 1675, provided that:

"(a) In General.—The Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this section referred to as the 'Secretary'), acting through the appropriate agencies of the Public Health Service, shall conduct a study to determine whether and to what extent there is a shortage of licensed pharmacists. In carrying out the study, the Secretary shall seek the comments of appropriate public and private entities regarding any such shortage.

"(b) Report to Congress.—Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 6, 1999], the Secretary shall complete the study under subsection (a) and submit to the Congress a report that describes the findings made through the study and that contains a summary of the comments received by the Secretary pursuant to such subsection."

Advisory Council on Graduate Medical Education

Section 301 of Pub. L. 102–408, as amended by Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §313(b), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3507; Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §104(b)(1)–(3), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3552, which was formerly set out as a note under this section, was renumbered section 762 of the Public Health Service Act by Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §104(b)(4)–(6), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3553, and is classified to section 294o of this title.

Commission on Allied Health

Section 302 of Pub. L. 102–408 provided for establishment of a National Commission on Allied Health, charged with (1) making recommendations to the Secretary of Health and Human Services and Congress with respect to nationwide supply and distribution of allied health personnel, current and future shortages of personnel, priority research needs within allied health professions, Federal policies relating to personnel and research as well as undergraduate and graduate financing, concerted efforts on part of allied health facilities and educational institutions to address such matters, and needs with respect to nationwide data bases concerning supply and distribution of allied health personnel, and (2) encouraging entities providing allied health education to voluntarily achieve recommendations of Commission, and further provided for composition of Commission, date certain for appointments to Commission, resources for Commission activities, an interim progress report due not later than Oct. 1, 1993, a final report due not later than Apr. 1, 1994, and termination of Commission 60 days after submission of final report.

Study Regarding Shortage of Clinical Laboratory Technologists for Medically Underserved and Rural Communities

Section 303 of Pub. L. 102–408 directed Secretary of Health and Human Services, with respect to the shortage of clinical laboratory technologists, to conduct a study for the purpose of determining whether there are special or unique factors affecting the supply of clinical laboratory technologists in medically underserved and rural communities, and assessing alternative routes for certification of the competence of individuals to serve as such technologists, with consideration of the role of entities providing such certifications, and, not later than Oct. 1, 1993, complete the study and submit to Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives, and to Committee on Labor and Human Resources of Senate, a report describing the findings made as result of the study.

National Advisory Council on Medical Licensure

Section 307 of Pub. L. 102–408 directed Secretary of Health and Human Services to establish National Advisory Council on Medical Licensure to advise Secretary on American Medical Association's system of verifying and maintaining information regarding qualifications of individuals to practice medicine, as well as advice regarding establishment and operation of any similar system, provided for activities of Council, including review of private credentials verification system and recommendations on how it could be improved, as well as review of State procedures for licensing individuals licensed in other States and procedures for licensing international medical graduates, provided for composition of Council and appointment of members, required submission of an interim report to Congress not later than Sept. 30, 1993, and a final report with recommendations not later than Sept. 30, 1995, provided for termination of Council not later than Sept. 30, 1995, or upon submission of final report, whichever is earlier, and further directed Secretary, in cooperation with Council to submit to Congress, not later than Sept. 30, 1994, study of not less than 10 States for purposes of determining average time required for States to process licensure applications of domestic and international medical graduates as well as percentages of domestic and international licensure applications approved.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in sections 294n, 294o of this title.

1 So in original. No subsec. (c) has been enacted.

2 So in original. No subsec. (f) has been enacted.

§295l. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §106(a)(2)(C), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3557

Section, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §793, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2061; amended Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §313(a)(6), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3507, required development, publication, dissemination, and biennial report to Congress on statistics respecting public and community health personnel.

A prior section 793 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295h–1c of this title prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 793 of act July 1, 1944, was renumbered section 794 by Pub. L. 97–35 and classified to section 295h–2 of this title.

§295m. Prohibition against discrimination on basis of sex

The Secretary may not make a grant, loan guarantee, or interest subsidy payment under this subchapter to, or for the benefit of, any school of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, optometry, pharmacy, podiatric medicine, or public health or any training center for allied health personnel, or graduate program in clinical psychology, unless the application for the grant, loan guarantee, or interest subsidy payment contains assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that the school or training center will not discriminate on the basis of sex in the admission of individuals to its training programs. The Secretary may not enter into a contract under this subchapter with any such school or training center unless the school, training center, or graduate program furnishes assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that it will not discriminate on the basis of sex in the admission of individuals to its training programs. In the case of a school of medicine which—

(1) on October 13, 1992, is in the process of changing its status as an institution which admits only female students to that of an institution which admits students without regard to their sex, and

(2) is carrying out such change in accordance with a plan approved by the Secretary,


the provisions of the preceding sentences of this section shall apply only with respect to a grant, contract, loan guarantee, or interest subsidy to, or for the benefit of such a school for a fiscal year beginning after June 30, 1979.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §794, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2063.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 794 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295h–2 of this title prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 794 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 294h–3 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 91–519.

§295n. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §101(b)(1), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3537

Section, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §795, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2063; amended Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §313(a)(7), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3507, related to obligated service regarding certain programs.

A prior section 795 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295h–4 of this title prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 795 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295h–4 of this title prior to the general amendment of part G of this subchapter by Pub. L. 94–484.

Savings Provision

Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §101(b)(2), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3537, provided that: "The amendments made by this section [enacting sections 293 to 293d of this title, amending section 287a–2 of this title, and repealing this section and former sections 293 to 293d of this title] shall not be construed to terminate agreements that, on the day before the date of enactment of this Act [Nov. 13, 1998], are in effect pursuant to section 795 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 795 [295n]) as such section existed on such date. Such agreements shall continue in effect in accordance with the terms of the agreements. With respect to compliance with such agreements, any period of practice as a provider of primary health services shall be counted towards the satisfaction of the requirement of practice pursuant to such section 795."

§295n–1. Application

(a) In general

To be eligible to receive a grant or contract under this subchapter, an eligible entity shall prepare and submit to the Secretary an application that meets the requirements of this section, at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.

(b) Plan

An application submitted under this section shall contain the plan of the applicant for carrying out a project with amounts received under this subchapter. Such plan shall be consistent with relevant Federal, State, or regional health professions program plans.

(c) Performance outcome standards

An application submitted under this section shall contain a specification by the applicant entity of performance outcome standards that the project to be funded under the grant or contract will be measured against. Such standards shall address relevant health workforce needs that the project will meet. The recipient of a grant or contract under this section shall meet the standards set forth in the grant or contract application.

(d) Linkages

An application submitted under this section shall contain a description of the linkages with relevant educational and health care entities, including training programs for other health professionals as appropriate, that the project to be funded under the grant or contract will establish. To the extent practicable, grantees under this section shall establish linkages with health care providers who provide care for underserved communities and populations.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §796, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §106(a)(2)(F), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3557.)

§295n–2. Use of funds

(a) In general

Amounts provided under a grant or contract awarded under this subchapter may be used for training program development and support, faculty development, model demonstrations, trainee support including tuition, books, program fees and reasonable living expenses during the period of training, technical assistance, workforce analysis, dissemination of information, and exploring new policy directions, as appropriate to meet recognized health workforce objectives, in accordance with this subchapter.

(b) Maintenance of effort

With respect to activities for which a grant awarded under this subchapter is to be expended, the entity shall agree to maintain expenditures of non-Federal amounts for such activities at a level that is not less than the level of such expenditures maintained by the entity for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the entity receives such a grant.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §797, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §106(a)(2)(F), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3557.)

§295o. Matching requirement

The Secretary may require that an entity that applies for a grant or contract under this subchapter provide non-Federal matching funds, as appropriate, to ensure the institutional commitment of the entity to the projects funded under the grant. As determined by the Secretary, such non-Federal matching funds may be provided directly or through donations from public or private entities and may be in cash or in-kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §798, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §106(a)(2)(F), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3558.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 295o, act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §798, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2064; amended Pub. L. 102–531, title III, §313(a)(8), Oct. 27, 1992, 106 Stat. 3507, set forth certain general provisions relating to this subchapter, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §106(a)(2)(D), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3557.

A prior section 798 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295h–7 of this title prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

Another prior section 798 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295h–7 of this title prior to the general amendment of part G of this subchapter by Pub. L. 94–484.

§295o–1. Generally applicable provisions

(a) Awarding of grants and contracts

The Secretary shall ensure that grants and contracts under this subchapter are awarded on a competitive basis, as appropriate, to carry out innovative demonstration projects or provide for strategic workforce supplementation activities as needed to meet health workforce goals and in accordance with this subchapter. Contracts may be entered into under this subchapter with public or private entities as may be necessary.

(b) Eligible entities

Unless specifically required otherwise in this subchapter, the Secretary shall accept applications for grants or contracts under this subchapter from health professions schools, academic health centers, State or local governments, or other appropriate public or private nonprofit entities for funding and participation in health professions and nursing training activities. The Secretary may accept applications from for-profit private entities if determined appropriate by the Secretary.

(c) Information requirements

(1) In general

Recipients of grants and contracts under this subchapter shall meet information requirements as specified by the Secretary.

(2) Data collection

The Secretary shall establish procedures to ensure that, with respect to any data collection required under this subchapter, such data is collected in a manner that takes into account age, sex, race, and ethnicity.

(3) Use of funds

The Secretary shall establish procedures to permit the use of amounts appropriated under this subchapter to be used for data collection purposes.

(4) Evaluations

The Secretary shall establish procedures to ensure the annual evaluation of programs and projects operated by recipients of grants or contracts under this subchapter. Such procedures shall ensure that continued funding for such programs and projects will be conditioned upon a demonstration that satisfactory progress has been made by the program or project in meeting the objectives of the program or project.

(d) Training programs

Training programs conducted with amounts received under this subchapter shall meet applicable accreditation and quality standards.

(e) Duration of assistance

(1) In general

Subject to paragraph (2), in the case of an award to an entity of a grant, cooperative agreement, or contract under this subchapter, the period during which payments are made to the entity under the award may not exceed 5 years. The provision of payments under the award shall be subject to annual approval by the Secretary of the payments and subject to the availability of appropriations for the fiscal year involved to make the payments. This paragraph may not be construed as limiting the number of awards under the program involved that may be made to the entity.

(2) Limitation

In the case of an award to an entity of a grant, cooperative agreement, or contract under this subchapter, paragraph (1) shall apply only to the extent not inconsistent with any other provision of this subchapter that relates to the period during which payments may be made under the award.

(f) Peer review regarding certain programs

(1) In general

Each application for a grant under this subchapter, except any scholarship or loan program, including those under sections 1 292, 292q, or 292s of this title, shall be submitted to a peer review group for an evaluation of the merits of the proposals made in the application. The Secretary may not approve such an application unless a peer review group has recommended the application for approval.

(2) Composition

Each peer review group under this subsection shall be composed principally of individuals who are not officers or employees of the Federal Government. In providing for the establishment of peer review groups and procedures, the Secretary shall ensure sex, racial, ethnic, and geographic balance among the membership of such groups.

(3) Administration

This subsection shall be carried out by the Secretary acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration.

(g) Preference or priority considerations

In considering a preference or priority for funding which is based on outcome measures for an eligible entity under this subchapter, the Secretary may also consider the future ability of the eligible entity to meet the outcome preference or priority through improvements in the eligible entity's program design.

(h) Analytic activities

The Secretary shall ensure that—

(1) cross-cutting workforce analytical activities are carried out as part of the workforce information and analysis activities under section 294n of this title; and

(2) discipline-specific workforce information and analytical activities are carried out as part of—

(A) the community-based linkage program under part D of this subchapter; and

(B) the health workforce development program under subpart 2 of part E of this subchapter.

(i) Osteopathic Schools

For purposes of this subchapter, any reference to—

(1) medical schools shall include osteopathic medical schools; and

(2) medical students shall include osteopathic medical students.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §799, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §106(a)(2)(F), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3558.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 799 of act July 1, 1944, was renumbered section 799B by Pub. L. 105–392 and classified to section 295p of this title.

Another prior section 799 of act July 1, 1944, was classified to section 295i of this title prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102–408.

1 So in original. Probably should be "section".

§295o–2. Technical assistance

Funds appropriated under this subchapter may be used by the Secretary to provide technical assistance in relation to any of the authorities under this subchapter.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §799A, as added Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §106(a)(2)(F), Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3559.)

§295p. Definitions

For purposes of this subchapter:

(1)(A) The terms "school of medicine", "school of dentistry", "school of osteopathic medicine", "school of pharmacy", "school of optometry", "school of podiatric medicine", "school of veterinary medicine", "school of public health", and "school of chiropractic" mean an accredited public or nonprofit private school in a State that provides training leading, respectively, to a degree of doctor of medicine, a degree of doctor of dentistry or an equivalent degree, a degree of doctor of osteopathy, a degree of bachelor of science in pharmacy or an equivalent degree or a degree of doctor of pharmacy or an equivalent degree, a degree of doctor of optometry or an equivalent degree, a degree of doctor of podiatric medicine or an equivalent degree, a degree of doctor of veterinary medicine or an equivalent degree, a graduate degree in public health or an equivalent degree, and a degree of doctor of chiropractic or an equivalent degree, and including advanced training related to such training provided by any such school.

(B) The terms "graduate program in health administration" and "graduate program in clinical psychology" mean an accredited graduate program in a public or nonprofit private institution in a State that provides training leading, respectively, to a graduate degree in health administration or an equivalent degree and a doctoral degree in clinical psychology or an equivalent degree.

(C) The terms "graduate program in clinical social work" and "graduate program in marriage and family therapy" and "graduate program in professional counseling" mean an accredited graduate program in a public or nonprofit private institution in a State that provides training, respectively, in a concentration in health or mental health care leading to a graduate degree in social work and a concentration leading to a graduate degree in marriage and family therapy and a concentration leading to a graduate degree in counseling.

(D) The term "graduate program in behavioral health and mental health practice" means a graduate program in clinical psychology, behavioral health and mental health practice, clinical social work, professional counseling, or marriage and family therapy.

(E) The term "accredited", when applied to a school of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, optometry, podiatry, pharmacy, public health, or chiropractic, or a graduate program in health administration, clinical psychology, clinical social work, professional counseling, or marriage and family therapy, means a school or program that is accredited by a recognized body or bodies approved for such purpose by the Secretary of Education, except that a new school or program that, by reason of an insufficient period of operation, is not, at the time of application for a grant or contract under this subchapter, eligible for accreditation by such a recognized body or bodies, shall be deemed accredited for purposes of this subchapter, if the Secretary of Education finds, after consultation with the appropriate accreditation body or bodies, that there is reasonable assurance that the school or program will meet the accreditation standards of such body or bodies prior to the beginning of the academic year following the normal graduation date of the first entering class in such school or program.

(2) The term "teaching facilities" means areas dedicated for use by students, faculty, or administrative or maintenance personnel for clinical purposes, research activities, libraries, classrooms, offices, auditoriums, dining areas, student activities, or other related purposes necessary for, and appropriate to, the conduct of comprehensive programs of education. Such term includes interim facilities but does not include off-site improvements or living quarters.

(3) The term "program for the training of physician assistants" means an educational program that—

(A) has as its objective the education of individuals who will, upon completion of their studies in the program, be qualified to provide primary care under the supervision of a physician;

(B) extends for at least one academic year and consists of—

(i) supervised clinical practice; and

(ii) at least four months (in the aggregate) of classroom instruction, directed toward preparing students to deliver health care;


(C) has an enrollment of not less than eight students; and

(D) trains students in primary care, disease prevention, health promotion, geriatric medicine, and home health care.


(4) The term "school of allied health" means a public or nonprofit private college, junior college, or university or hospital-based educational entity that—

(A) provides, or can provide, programs of education to enable individuals to become allied health professionals or to provide additional training for allied health professionals;

(B) provides training for not less than a total of twenty persons in the allied health curricula (except that this subparagraph shall not apply to any hospital-based educational entity);

(C) includes or is affiliated with a teaching hospital; and

(D) is accredited by a recognized body or bodies approved for such purposes by the Secretary of Education, or which provides to the Secretary satisfactory assurance by such accrediting body or bodies that reasonable progress is being made toward accreditation.


(5) The term "allied health professionals" means a health professional (other than a registered nurse or physician assistant)—

(A) who has received a certificate, an associate's degree, a bachelor's degree, a master's degree, a doctoral degree, or postbaccalaureate training, in a science relating to health care;

(B) who shares in the responsibility for the delivery of health care services or related services, including—

(i) services relating to the identification, evaluation, and prevention of disease and disorders;

(ii) dietary and nutrition services;

(iii) health promotion services;

(iv) rehabilitation services; or

(v) health systems management services; and


(C) who has not received a degree of doctor of medicine, a degree of doctor of osteopathy, a degree of doctor of dentistry or an equivalent degree, a degree of doctor of veterinary medicine or an equivalent degree, a degree of doctor of optometry or an equivalent degree, a degree of doctor of podiatric medicine or an equivalent degree, a degree of bachelor of science in pharmacy or an equivalent degree, a degree of doctor of pharmacy or an equivalent degree, a graduate degree in public health or an equivalent degree, a degree of doctor of chiropractic or an equivalent degree, a graduate degree in health administration or an equivalent degree, a doctoral degree in clinical psychology or an equivalent degree, or a degree in social work or an equivalent degree or a degree in counseling or an equivalent degree.


(6) The term "medically underserved community" means an urban or rural area or population that—

(A) is eligible for designation under section 254e of this title as a health professional shortage area;

(B) is eligible to be served by a migrant health center under section 254b 1 of this title, a community health center under section 254c 1 of this title, a grantee under section 256 1 of this title (relating to homeless individuals), or a grantee under section 256a 1 of this title (relating to residents of public housing);

(C) has a shortage of personal health services, as determined under criteria issued by the Secretary under section 1395x(aa)(2) of this title (relating to rural health clinics); or

(D) is designated by a State Governor (in consultation with the medical community) as a shortage area or medically underserved community.


(7) The term "Department" means the Department of Health and Human Services.

(8) The term "nonprofit" refers to the status of an entity owned and operated by one or more corporations or associations no part of the net earnings of which inures, or may lawfully inure, to the benefit of any private shareholder or individual.

(9) The term "State" includes, in addition to the several States, only the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.

(10)(A) Subject to subparagraph (B), the term "underrepresented minorities" means, with respect to a health profession, racial and ethnic populations that are underrepresented in the health profession relative to the number of individuals who are members of the population involved.

(B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), Asian individuals shall be considered by the various subpopulations of such individuals.

(11) The term "psychologist" means an individual who—

(A) holds a doctoral degree in psychology; and

(B) is licensed or certified on the basis of the doctoral degree in psychology, by the State in which the individual practices, at the independent practice level of psychology to furnish diagnostic, assessment, preventive, and therapeutic services directly to individuals.

(July 1, 1944, ch. 373, title VII, §799B, formerly §799, as added Pub. L. 102–408, title I, §102, Oct. 13, 1992, 106 Stat. 2066; renumbered §799B and amended Pub. L. 105–392, title I, §§106(a)(2)(E), 108, Nov. 13, 1998, 112 Stat. 3557, 3560.)

References in Text

Sections 254b and 254c of this title, referred to in par. (6)(B), were in the original references to sections 329 and 330, meaning sections 329 and 330 of act July 1, 1944, which were omitted in the general amendment of subpart I (§254b et seq.) of part D of subchapter II of this chapter by Pub. L. 104–299, §2, Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3626. Sections 2 and 3(a) of Pub. L. 104–299 enacted new sections 330 and 330A of act July 1, 1944, which are classified, respectively, to sections 254b and 254c of this title.

Sections 256 and 256a of this title, referred to in par. (6)(B), were repealed by Pub. L. 104–299, §4(a)(3), Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3645.

Amendments

1998—Par. (1)(C). Pub. L. 105–392, §108(b)(1)(A), inserted "and 'graduate program in professional counseling' " before "mean an" and "and a concentration leading to a graduate degree in counseling" before period at end.

Par. (1)(D). Pub. L. 105–392, §108(a), (b)(1)(B), inserted "behavioral health and" before "mental", "behavioral health and mental health practice," before "clinical", and "professional counseling," after "social work,".

Par. (1)(E). Pub. L. 105–392, §108(b)(1)(C), inserted "professional counseling," after "social work,".

Par. (3). Pub. L. 105–392, §108(d), amended par. (3) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (3) read as follows: "The term 'program for the training of physician assistants' means an educational program that—

"(A) has as its objective the education of individuals who will, upon completion of their studies in the program, be qualified to provide primary health care under the supervision of a physician; and

"(B) meets regulations prescribed by the Secretary in accordance with section 293n(b) of this title."

Par. (5)(C). Pub. L. 105–392, §108(b)(2), inserted "or a degree in counseling or an equivalent degree" before period at end.

Par. (6)(D). Pub. L. 105–392, §108(c), added subpar. (D).

Par. (11). Pub. L. 105–392, §108(e), added par. (11).

Reference to Community, Migrant, Public Housing, or Homeless Health Center Considered Reference to Health Center

Reference to community health center, migrant health center, public housing health center, or homeless health center considered reference to health center, see section 4(c) of Pub. L. 104–299, set out as a note under section 254b of this title.

Termination of Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands

For termination of Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, see note set out preceding section 1681 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions.

Section Referred to in Other Sections

This section is referred to in sections 292o, 293, 293k, 293n, 294c of this title.

1 See References in Text notes below.